NỘI DUNG ÔN THI THPT MÔN TIẾNG ANH

E12 – REVISION FOR GCSE EXAMINATION 2023
TÀI LIỆU ÔN TẬP THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT MÔN TIẾNG ANH NĂM 2023
(18 TUẦN – 54 TIẾT)
I. PHẦN 1: LÝ THUYẾT VÀ BÀI TẬP THỰC HÀNH
(TUẦN 1 –TUẦN 6: 18 TIẾT)
II. PHẦN 2: ĐỀ VẬN DỤNG MINH HỌA
(TUẦN 7 – TUẦN 18: 36 TIẾT)
CHI TIẾT
PHẦN 1: LÝ THUYẾT VÀ BÀI TẬP THỰC HÀNH
TUẦN 1: - THE TENSES

- PASSIVE VOICE
- CONDITIONALS
I. THE TENSES
1. THÌ HIỆN TẠI ĐƠN SIMPLE PRESENT
VỚI ĐỘNG TỪ THƯỜNG
Khẳng định: S + Vs/es + O
Phủ định: S + DO/DOES + NOT + V +O
Nghi vấn: DO/DOES + S + V+ O?
VỚI ĐỘNG TỪ TOBE
Khẳng định: S + AM/IS/ARE + O
Phủ định: S + AM/IS/ARE + NOT + O
Nghi vấn: AM/IS/ARE + S + O
Từ nhận biết: always, every, usually, often, generally, frequently.
Cách dùng:
Thì hiện tại đơn diễn tả một chân lý, một sự thật hiển nhiên.
Ví dụ: The sun ries in the East.
Tom comes from England.
Thì hiện tại đơn diễn tả 1 thói quen, một hành động xảy ra thường xuyên ở hiện tại.
Ví dụ: Mary often goes to school by bicycle.
I get up early every morning.
Lưu ý: ta thêm "es" sau các động từ tận cùng là: O, S, X, CH, SH.
Thì hiện tại đơn diễn tả năng lực của con người
Ví dụ: He plays badminton very well
Thì hiện tại đơn cũng diễn tả một kế hoạch sắp xếp trước trong tương lai hoặc thời khoá biểu, đặc biệt dùng với
các động từ di chuyển.
2. THÌ HIỆN TẠI TIẾP DIỄN - PRESENT CONTINUOUS
Công thức
Khẳng định: S + be (am/ is/ are) + V_ing + O
Phủ định: S + BE + NOT + V_ing + O
Nghi vấn: BE + S + V_ing + O
Từ nhận biết: Now, right now, at present, at the moment
Cách dùng thì hiện tại tiếp diễn
Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn tả một hành động đang diễn ra và kéo dài một thời gian ở hiện tại.
Ex: The children are playing football now.
Thì này cũng thường tiếp theo sau câu đề nghị, mệnh lệnh.
Ex: Look! the child is crying.
Be quiet! The baby is sleeping in the next room.
Thì này cũng diễn tả 1 hành động xảy ra lặp đi lặp lại dùng với phó từ ALWAYS:
Ex: He is always borrowing our books and then he doesn't remember -
Thì này cũng được dùng để diễn tả một hành động sắp xảy ra (ở tương lai gần)
Ex: He is coming tomrow
Lưu ý: Không dùng thì này với các động từ chỉ nhận thức chi giác như: to be, see, hear, understand, know, like,
want, glance, feel, think, smell, love. hate, realize, seem, remember, forget,..........
Ex: I am tired now.
Page 1 of 117
She wants to go for a walk at the moment.
Do you understand your lesson?
3. THÌ HIỆN TẠI HOÀN THÀNH - PRESENT PERFECT
Khẳng định: S + have/ has + Past participle (V3) + O
Phủ định: S + have/ has + NOT + Past participle + O
Nghi vấn: have/ has + S + Past participle + O
Từ nhận biết: already, not... yet, just, ever, never, since, for, recently, before...
Cách dùng thì hiện tại hoàn thành:
Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành động đó xảy ra hoặc chưa bao giờ xảy ra ở 1 thời gian không xác
định trong quá khứ.
Thì hiện tại hoàn thành cũng diễn tả sự lập đi lập lại của 1 hành động trong quá khứ.
Thì hiện tại hoàn thành cũng được dùng với since và for.
Since + thời gian bắt đầu (1995, I was young, this morning etc.) Khi người nói dùng since, người nghe phải tính
thời gian là bao lâu.
For + khoảng thời gian (từ lúc đầu tới bây giờ) Khi người nói dùng for, người nói phải tính thời gian là bao lâu.
4. THÌ HIỆN TẠI HOÀN THÀNH TIẾP DIỄN - PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS
Khẳng định: S has/have + been + V_ing + O
Phủ định: S + Hasn't/ Haven't + been+ V-ing + O
Nghi vấn: Has/HAve+ S+ been + V-ing + O?
Từ nhận biết: all day, all week, since, for, for a long time, almost every day this week, recently, lately, in the
past week, in recent years, up until now, and so far.
Cách dùng thì hiện tại hoàn thành:
Thì hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn nhấn mạnh khoảng thời gian của 1 hành động đó xảy ra trong quá khứ và tiếp
tục tới hiện tại (có thể tới tương lai).
5. THÌ QUÁ KHỨ ĐƠN - SIMPLE PAST
VỚI ĐỘNG TỪ THƯỜNG
Khẳng định: S + V_ed + O
Phủ định: S + DID+ NOT + V + O
Nghi vấn: DID + S+ V+ O?
VỚI TOBE
Khẳng định: S + WAS/WERE + O
Phủ định: S+ WAS/ WERE + NOT + O
Nghi vấn: WAS/WERE + S+ O?
Từ nhận biết: yesterday, yesterday morning, last week, las month, last year, last night.
Cách dùng thì quá khứ đơn:
Thì quá khứ đơn diễn tả hành động đó xảy ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ với thời gian xác định.
CHỦ TỪ + ĐỘNG TỪ QUÁ KHỨ
When + thì quá khứ đơn (simple past)
When + hành động thứ nhất
6. THÌ QUÁ KHỨ TIẾP DIỄN - PAST CONTINUOUS
Khẳng định: S + was/were + V_ing + O
Phủ định: S + wasn't/weren't + V-ing + O
Nghi vấn: Was/Were + S+ V-ing + O?
Từ nhận biết: While, at that very moment, at 10:00 last night, and this morning (afternoon).
Cách dùng thì quá khứ tiếp diễn:
Dùng để diễn tả hành động đó xảy ra cùng lúc. Nhưng hành động thứ nhất đó xảy ra sớm hơn và đó đang tiếp tục
xảy ra thì hành động thứ hai xảy ra.
CHỦ TỪ + WERE/WAS + ĐỘNG TÙ THÊM - ING
While + thì quá khứ tiếp diễn (past progressive)
7. THÌ QUÁ KHỨ HOÀN THÀNH - PAST PERFECT
Khẳng định: S + had + Past Participle (V3) + O
Phủ định: S + hadn't + Past Participle + O
Nghi vấn: Had + S + Past Participle + O?
Từ nhận biết: after, before, as soon as, by the time, when, already, just, since, for....
Page 2 of 117
Cách dùng thì quá khứ hoàn thành:
Thì quá khứ hoàn thành diễn tả 1 hành động đó xảy ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ trước 1 hành động khác cũng
xảy ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ.
8. THÌ QUÁ KHỨ HOÀN THÀNH TIẾP DIỄN - PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS
Khẳng định: S + had + been + V_ing + O
Phủ định: S + hadn't + been+ V-ing + O
Nghi vấn: Had + S + been + V-ing + O?
Từ nhận biết: until then, by the time, prior to that time, before, after.
Cách dùng thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn:
Thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn nhấn mạnh khoảng thời gian của 1 hành động đó đang xảy ra trong quá khứ và
kết thúc trước 1 hành động khác xảy ra và cũng kết thúc trong quá khứ
9. THÌ TƯƠNG LAI - SIMPLE FUTURE
Khẳng định: S + shall/will + V(infinitive) + O
Phủ định: S + shall/will + NOT+ V(infinitive) + O
Nghi vấn: shall/will + S + V(infinitive) + O?
Cách dùng thì tương lai:
Khi đoán (predict, guess), dùng will hoặc be going to.
Khi chỉ dự định trước, dùng be going to không được dùng will.
CHỦ TỪ + AM (IS/ARE) GOING TO + éỘNG TỪ (ở hiện tại: simple form)
Khi diễn tả sự tình nguyện hoặc sự sẵn sàng, dùng will không được dùng be going to.
CHỦ TỪ + WILL + ĐỘNG TỪ (ở hiện tại: simple form)
10. THÌ TƯƠNG LAI TIẾP DIỄN - FUTURE CONTINUOUS
Khẳng định: S + shall/will + be + V_ing+ O
Phủ định: S + shall/will + NOT+ be + V_ing+ O
Nghi vấn: shall/will +S+ be + V_ing+ O
Từ nhận biết: in the future, next year, next week, next time, and soon.
Cách dùng thì tương lai tiếp diễn:
Thì tương lai tiếp diễn diễn tả hành động sẽ xảy ra ở 1 thời điểm nào đó trong tương lai.
CHỦ TỪ + WILL + BE + ĐỘNG TỪ THÊM -ING hoặc
CHỦ TỪ + BE GOING TO + BE + ĐỘNG TỪ THÊM -ING
11. THÌ TƯƠNG LAI HOÀN THÀNH - FUTURE PERFECT
Khẳng định: S + shall/will + have + Past Participle
Phủ định: S + shall/will + NOT+ be + V_ing+ O
Nghi vấn: shall/will + NOT+ be + V_ing+ O?
Từ nhận biết: by the time and prior to the time (có nghĩa là before)
Cách dùng thì tương lai hoàn thành:
Thì tương lai hoàn thành diễn tả 1 hành động trong tương lai sẽ kết thúc trước 1 hành động khác trong tương lai.
CHỦ TỪ + WILL + HAVE + QUÁ KHỨ PHÂN TỪ (PAST PARTICIPLE)
12. THÌ TƯƠNG LAI HOÀN THÀNH TIẾP DIỄN - FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
Khẳng định: S + shall/will + have been + V_ing + O
Phủ định: S + shall/will + NOT+ have been + V_ing + O
Nghi vấn: shall/will + S+ have been + V_ing + O?
Cách dùng thì tương lai hoàn thành tiếp diễn:
Thì tương lai hoàn thành tiếp diễn nhấn mạnh khoảng thời gian của 1 hành động sẽ đang xảy ra trong
tương lai và sẽ kết thúc trước 1 hành động khác trong tương lai.
Khi chỉ dự định trước, dùng be going to không được dùng will.
CHỦ TỪ + AM (IS/ARE) GOING TO + ĐỘNG TỪ (ở hiện tại: simple form)
Khi diễn tả sự tình nguyện hoặc sự sẵn sàng, dùng will không được dùng be going to.
CHỦ TỪ + WILL + ĐỘNG TỪ (ở hiện tại: simple form)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

I. Choose the best answer among A, B, C, or D.
1. When I last saw him, he _____ in London.
A. has lived B. is living C. was living D. has been living
2. We _______ Dorothy since last Saturday.
A. don’t see B. haven’t seen C. didn’t see D. hadn’t seen
Page 3 of 117
3. The train ______ half an hour ago.
A. has been leaving B. left C. has left D. had left
4. Jack ______ the door.
A. has just painted B. paint C. will have painted D. painting
5. My sister ________ for you since yesterday.
A. is looking B. was looking C. has been looking D. looked
6. I ______ Texas State University now.
A. am attending B. attend C. was attending D. attended
7. He has been selling motorbikes ________.
A. ten years ago B. since ten years C. for ten years ago D. for ten years
8. Christopher Columbus _______ American more than 500 years ago.
A. discovered B. has discovered C. had discovered D. had been discovering
9. He fell down when he ______ towards the church.
A. run B. runs C. was running D. had run
10. We _______ there when our father died.
A. still lived B. lived still C. was still lived D. were still living
11. They ______ table tennis when their father comes back home.
A. will play B. will be playing C. play D. would play
12. By Christmas, I _______ for Mr. Smith for six years.
A. shall have been working B. shall work C. have been working D. shall be working
13. I _______ in the room right now.
A. am being B. was being C. have been being D. am
14. I ______ to New York three times this year.
A. have been B. was C. were D. had been
15. I’ll come and see you before I _______ for the States.
A. leave B. will leave C. have left D. shall leave
16. The little girl asked what _______ to her friend.
A. has happened B. happened C. had happened D. would have been happened
17. John ______ a book when I saw him.
A. is reading B. read C. was reading D. reading
18. He said he _______ return later.
A. will B. would C. can D. would be
19. I have been waiting for you ______.
A. since early morning B. since 9a. m C. for two hours D. All are correct
20. Almost everyone _______ for home by the time we arrived.
A. leave B. left C. leaves D. had left
21. By the age of 25, he ______ two famous novels.
A. wrote B. writes C. has written D. had written
22. While her husband was in the army, Mary ______ to him twice a week.
A. was reading B. wrote C. was written D. had written
23. I couldn’t cut the grass because the lawn mower ______ a few days previously.
A. broke down B. has been broken C. had broken down D. breaks down
24. I have never played badminton before. This is the first time I _____ to play.
A. try B. tried C. have tried D. am trying
25. Since _______, I have heard nothing from him.
A. he had left B. he left C. he has left D. he was left
26. After I _______ lunch, I looked for my bag.
A. had B. had had C. have has D. have had
27. By the end of next year, George _______ English for two years.
A. will have learned B. will learn C. has learned D. would learn
28. The man got out of the car, ________ round to the back and opened the book.
A. walking B. walked C. walks D. walk
30. He will take the dog out for a walk as soon as he ______ dinner.
A. finish B. finishes C. will finish D. finishing
31 Ask her to come and see me when she _______ her work.
A. finish B. has finished C. finished D. finishing
Page 4 of 117
32. Tom and Mary ______ for Vietnam tomorrow.
A. leave B. are leaving C. leaving D. are left
33. He always ________ for a walk in the evening.
A. go B. is going C. goes D. going
34. Her brother ______ in Canada at present.
A. working B. works C. is working D. work
35. Last week, my professor promised that he ________ today.
A. would come B. will come C. comes D. coming
II. PASSIVE VOICE

PHẦN I: LÍ THUYẾT
I. Cách dùng câu bị động
- Khi không cần thiết phải nhắc đến tác nhân gây hành động (do tình huống đó quá rõ ràng hoặc do không quan
trọng)
Eg: The road has been repaired.
- Khi chúng ta không biết hoặc quên người thực hiện hành động
Eg: The money was stolen.
- Khi chúng ta quan tâm đến bản thân hành động hơn là người thực hiện hành động
Eg: This book was published in Vietnam.
- Khi Chủ ngữ của câu chủ động là Chủ ngữ không xác định như: people, they, someone…
Eg: People say that he will win.
 It’s said that he will win.
- Khi người nói không muốn nhắc đến chủ thể gây ra hành động
Eg: Smoking is not allowed here.
II. Cấu trúc

Loại 1: Bị động với các thì không tiếp diễn
Công thức tổng quát
BE + PAST PARTICIPLE
Loại 2: Bị động với các thì tiếp diễn
Công thức tổng quát sau: BE + BEING + PAST PARTICIPLE
CỤ THỂ
Loại 1: Bị động không tiếp diễn
1) Thì hiện tại đơn
S + am / is/ are + Past Participle
Eg:
Active: They raise cows in Ba Vi.
Passive: Cows are raised in Ba Vi.
2) Thì quá khứ đơn
S + was / were + Past Participle
Eg:
Active: Jame Watt invented the steam engine in 1784.
Passive: The steam engine was invented by Jame Watt in 1784.
3) Thì hiện tại hoàn thành
S + have/ has been + Past Participle
Eg:
Active: They have just finished the project.
Passive: The project has just been finished.
4) Thì tương lai đơn S + will be + Past Participle
Eg:
Active: They will build a new school for disabled children next month.
Passive: A new school for disabled children will be built next month.
5) Động từ khuyết thiếu.
S + Modal Verb + be + Past Participle.
Page 5 of 117
EX1:
Active: You can see him now.
Passive: He can be seen (by you) now.
EX2:
Active: He should type his term paper.
Passive: His term paper should be typed.
Loại 2: Bị động tiếp diễn
1) Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn S + am / is / are +being + Past Participle
Eg:
Active: Ann is writing a letter.
Passive: A letter is being written by Ann
2) Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn
S + was / were + being + Past Participle
Eg:
Active: She was cleaning the room at 7 a. m yesterday.
Passive: The room was being cleaned at 7 a. m yesterday.
III. Cách chuyển từ câu chủ động sang câu bị động
Muốn chuyển từ câu chủ động sang câu bị động, học sinh cần nắm chắc các bước chuyển sau đây:
 Xác định tân ngữ trong câu chủ động, chuyển nó thành Chủ ngữ trong câu bị động.
 Xác định thì của động từ trong câu chủ động, chia “to be” tương ứng với thì tiếng Anh đó và với chủ ngữ
mới của câu bị động.
 Chia động từ chính trong câu chủ động ở dạng past participle trong câu bị động
 By + tác nhân gây hành động (khi muốn nhấn mạnh tác nhân gây hành động)
S + V + O
S + V (participle) + O
Eg:
They will finish this work tomorrow.
S V O
 This work will be finished (by them) tomorrow.
Trong phần này cần lưu ý học sinh một số vấn đề sau:
- Các trạng từ chỉ cách thức thường được đặt trước động từ phân từ hai trong câu bị động.
Eg: He wrote the book wonderfully.
 The book was wonderfully written.
- By + tác nhân gây hành động đứng sau trạng ngữ chỉ nơi chốn và đứng trước trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian.
Eg1: A passer- by took him home.
 He was taken home by a passer- by.
Eg2: We will receive the gifts on Monday.
 The gifts will be received by us on Monday.
- Câu bị động phủ định và nghi vấn được tạo giống như cách của câu chủ động.
Tuy nhiên khụng phải bất cứ câu nào cũng có thể chuyển từ chủ động sang bị động hoặc ngược lai. Điều kiện để
chuyển câu chủ động sang bị động là câu đó phải mất transitive verb (động từ ngoại hướng). Câu có intransitive
verb (động từ nội hướng) thì không thể chuyển sang câu bị động. Động từ ngoại hướng là động từ cần mất tân
ngữ trực tiếp trong khi động từ nội hướng thì khụng cần mất tân ngữ trực tiếp.
Eg: 1) She is making a cake.  A cake is being made by her.

Page 6 of 117
Transitive verb
2) They run along the beach every morning.
Intransitive verb
PHẦN II: BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

Exercise1:
1. My wedding ring ………… of yellow and white gold.
a. is made b. is making c. made d. maked
2. If your brother ………………., he would come.
a. invited b. were invited c. were inviting d. invite
3. Mr. Wilson is …………… as Wilie to his friend.
a. knowed b. knew c. known d. is known
4. References …………. in the examination room.
a. not are used b. is not used c. didn’t used d. are not used
5. Laura ………….. in Boston.
a. are born b. were born c. was born d. born
6. My mother is going …………… this house.
a. sold b. to be sold c. to sold d. to sell
7. There’s somebody behind us. I think we are ……………….
a. being followed b. are followed c. follow d. following
8. Have you …………….. by a dog?
a. bite b. ever been bit c. ever been bitten d. bit
9. The room is being ………….. at the moment.
a. was cleaned b. cleaned c. cleaning d. clean
10. The road to our village …………. widened next year.
a. is b. will c. can d. will be
Exercise 2:
1. Somebody cleans that room everyday.
a. The room every day is cleaned. b. The room is everyday cleaned.
c. The room is cleaned every day. d. The room is cleaned by somebody everyday.
2. They cancelled all flights because of fog.
a. All flights because of fog were cancelled. b. All flights were cancelled because of fog.
c. All flights were cancelled by them because of fog. d. All flights were because of fog cancelled.
3. They are building a new highway around the city.
a. A new highway is being built around the city. b. A new highway is being built around the city by them.
c. A new highway around the city is being built. d. Around the city a new highway is being built.
4. They have built a new hospital near the airport.
a. A new hospital has been built near the airport by them.
b. A new hospital near the airport has been built.
c. A new hospital has been built near the airport.
d. Near the airport a new hospital has been built by them.
5. They will ask you a lot of questions at the interview.
a. You will be asked a lot of questions at the interview.
b. You will be asked a lot of questions at the interview by them.
c. A lot of questions will be asked you at the interview.
d. A lot of questions will be asked at the interview.
6. People don’t use this road very often.
a. This road is not used very often. b. Not very often this road is not used.
c. This road very often is not used. d. This road not very often is used.
7. Somebody accused me of stealing money.
a. I was accused by somebody of stealing money. b. I was accused of stealing money.
c. I was accused of stealing money by somebody. d. I was accused stealing money.
8. Somebody is using the computer at the moment.
a. The computer is being used at the moment. b. The computer at the moment is being used.
c. The computer is being used by somebody at the moment. d. The computer is used at the moment.
Page 7 of 117
9. The bill includes service.
a. Service is included by the bill. b. Service included in the bill.
c. Service is included in the bill. d. Service is in the bill.
10. They have changed the date of the meeting.
a. The date of the meeting has been changed. b. The date of the meeting has been changed by them.
c. The meeting has been changed the date. d. The date of the meeting has changed.
III. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

I/ GRAMMAR:
1, Conditional sentences: TYPE 1:
a) use: câu điều kiện loại 1 cũng được gọi là câu điều kiện có thực ở hiện tại. Điều kiện có thể xảy ra ở hiện
tại hoặc tương lai.
b) Form:
If + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + Will(can,may) + V (nguyên mẫu).
(S + Will(can,may) + V(nguyên mẫu) + If + S + V(hiện tại đơn).
Ex: If it is sunny, I will go fishing.
If she gets up late, she will miss the bus.
* Câu điều kiện mệnh lệnh
If S + V1, V2
– Dạng câu điều kiện này dùng để nêu một yêu cầu, một mệnh lệnh mà người nói muốn người nghe thực
hiện nếu điều kiện được nêu xảy ra.
– Dạng câu mệnh lệnh chỉ có thể dùng với câu điều kiện loại I.
– Cuối câu ta đặt một dấu chấm than, biểu thị cho thức mệnh lệnh.
– Khi dùng dạng câu này, mệnh đề điều kiện vẫn giữ nguyên, riêng mệnh đề chính sẽ được chuyển thành
mệnh đề mệnh lệnh bằng cách sử dụng nguyên động từ và khuyết đi chủ ngữ.
Ex: If you meet him, tell him to write to me!
Ex: Don’t go outside the harbor if the wind is strong.
2/ Conditional sentences: TYPE 2:

a) use: câu điều kiện loại 2 dùng để diễn tả một hành động không có thật ở hiện tại.
b) Form:
If + S + V(quá khứ đơn) , S +Would (could, might..) + V(nguyên mẫu).
(S +Would(could, might) + V(nguyên mẫu) + If +S +V (quá khứ đơn)).
c) Note: Động từ trong mệnh đề điều kiện nếu là động từ tobe thì ta dùng were cho tất cả các chủ ngữ.
Ex. If I were you , I would go abroard.
If I knew his address, I would give it to you.
3/ Conditional sentences: Type 3.
a/ use: Diễn tả hành động không có thật ở quá khứ.
b/ Form:
If +S +had +V(PII), S + Would (could,might) + have + V(PII).
(S + Would (could, might) +have +V(PII) +IF + S +had +V (PII).
Ex:If he had studied harder for that test,he would have passed it
4/ Một số trường hợp câu điều kiện đặc biệt
a/ CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN KẾT HỢP
Form: If + S + had + P2, S + would have + P2
Ex: 1. If I hadn’t stayed up late last night, I wouldn’t be so tired now.
2. You wouldn’t be so hungry if you had had breakfast this morning
 Trong trường hợp này, mệnh đề If chia động từ ở loại 3, mệnh đề chính chia động từ ở loại 2
b/CẤU TRÚC ĐẢO NGỮ CỦA CÂU ĐK
* Đảo ngữ đk loại 1
Should + S + Vinfinitive, S + Will + Vinfinitive
* Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 2:
Were + S + (to + Vinfinitive), S + Would + Vinfinitive
If I learnt Russian, I would read a Russian book.
=> Were I to learn Russian, I would read a Russian book
* Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 3:
Page 8 of 117
Had + S + P2, S + would have + P2
Ex: If Ann had found the right buyer, she would have sold the house.
 Had Ann found the right buyer, she would have sold the house
* Đảo ngữ của câu điều kiện kết hợp:
Had + S + P2, S + would Vinfinitive
c/CÁC CÁCH KHÁC ĐỂ DIỄN TẢ ĐIỀU KIỆN
* Imperative (mệnh lệnh) + or/and + S + V(simple future).
Ex: Prepare the lesson carefully or you will get a bad mark.
= If you don't prepare the lesson carefully, you will get a bad mark.
* Unless = If.... not (Trừ khi)
If he doesn’t come, I will bring this package to him
Unless he comes, I will bring this package to him
* In case (Phũng khi điều gỡ đó xảy ra)
Trong mệnh đề theo sau In case thường dùng thì hiện tại đơn hoặc quá khứ đơn, không dùng will hoặc would
I always take an umbrella in case it rains
* Dựng With/Without/ But for
With/ Without/ But for + a noun/ a noun phrase
Eg: If you help me, I can finish this assignment
= With your help, I can finish this assignment
Without water, life wouldn’t exist
= If there were no water, life wouldn’t exist.
* As long as/ So long as/ Provided (that)/ Providing (that)/ On condition that + Clause (Miễn là/ với điều
kiện)
Ex: As long as you drive carefully, you can use my car.
= If you drive carefully, you can use my car.
* Otherwise (Nếu không thì): Dùng để thay thế cho vế If và liên quan đến một ý tưởng của câu trước.
(Trước Otherwise thường có dấu; hoặc dấu, sau otherwise có dấu,)
Eg: You must read the instruction; otherwise, you don’t know how to do it
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

Exercise 1: Choose the word or phrase that best complete the sentence (A, B, C or D)
1) If that hat costs much, I ……………a small one.
A. would have bought B. will buy C. bought D. would buy.
2) If you …………more carefully, you wouldn’t have had so many accidents.
A. drive B. drove C. had driven D. driven
3) If I spoke English, my job …………………a lot easier.
A. was B. were C. will be D. would be
4. If he ……………. to London yesterday, he …………. his old friend
A. went / would meet B. go / would meet
C. had gone / would have met D. went / would have met
5. I will lend them some money If they ……………. me.
A. ask B. will ask C. asked D. had asked
6. If we had known who he was, we ……………. him to speak at our meeting.
A. would have invited B. have invited C. will invite D. would invite
7. My dog will bark if it ……………. any strange sound.
A. hear B. hears C. heard D. had heard.
8. If I …………. enough money, I will buy a house.
A. had B. had had C. will have D. have
9. If you ………….. away, I will send for a policeman.
A. not go B. don’t go C. hadn’t gone D. didn’t go
10. If I ………in your place, I would accept Mr Anderson’s invitation.
A. were B. am C. be D. was
11. What ……….. we do if they don’t come tomorrow?
A. would B. will C. did D. had
12. If I ……………. you, I would tell the truth.
A. is B. am C. were D. was
Page 9 of 117
13. If I had enough time now, I ……….. to my parents.
A. would write B. write C. will write D. wrote
14. It’s too bad Helen isn’t here. If she ……….. here, she …….. what to do.
A. is / will know B. was / knows C. were / would know D. are / would have known
15. If she …………. late again, she will lose her job.
A. come B. came C comes D. had come
16. I will let you know if I ……….. out what’s happening.
A. find B. finds C. found D. had found
17. If we ……………. in a town, life would be better.
A. live B. lived C. would live D. had lived
18. I’m sure he wouldn’t mind if we ……………early.
A. arrive B. arriving C. arrived D. had arrived
19. If I won the lottery, I ……. you half the money.
A. gave B. had given C. will give D. would give
20. It ……….. be a pity if she married Fred.
A. will B. would C. can D. may
21. If I’m free on Saturday, I ………….. to the mountains.
A. to go B. could go C. went D. can go
22. we ……………. you if we have time.
A. will phone B. would phone C. phoned D. had phoned
23. If I …………. you, I would help them.
A. am B. will be C. were D. had been
24. I could have understood him if he ……………more slowly.
A. speaks B. spoke C. had spoken D. would speak
25. If I had known that you were in hospital, I …………….. you.
A. will visit B. would have visited C. visit D. don’t visit
26. I wouldn’t have believed it if I ………………it with my own eyes.
A. had seen B. saw C. hadn’t seen D. didn’t see
27. What would you have done if the lift ……….. struck between two floors at that time.
A. had got B. got C. gets D. getting
28. If I …………that the traffic lights were red, I …………………..
A. had realized / would have stopped B. had realized / wouldn’t have stopped
C. realized / would stop C. realize / will not stop
29. If we have some eggs, I ……………you a cake.
A. made B. makes C. will make D. would make
30. If you …………so busy, I would have shown you how to play.
A. hadn’t been B. weren’t C. aren’t D. wouldn’t be.
TUẦN 2: - Reported speech

- Gerund & To Infinitive
- Relative clause
I. REPORTED SPEECH
PHẦN I: Lí THUYẾT
A. Câu trực tiếp và câu gián tiếp (Direct and Reported speech):
Giống: Luôn có 2 phần: mệnh đề tường thuật và lời nói trực tiếp hay lời nói gián tiếp
Eg: Tom says, “I go to college next summer”
MĐTT Lời nói trực tiếp
Tom says (that) he goes to college next summer
MĐTT Lời nói gián tiếp
Khác:
a. Direct speech: Là lời nói được thuật lại đúng nguyên văn của người nói. Được viết giữa dấu trích hay ngoặc
kép và ngăn cách với mệnh đề tường thuật bởi dấu phẩy
eg: John said, “I like reading science books”
The teacher said, “I’ll give you a test tomorrow”
b. Reported speech / Indirect speech: Là lời nói được thuật lại với ý và từ của người thuật, nhưng vẫn giữ
nguyên ý. Không bị ngăn cách bởi dấu phẩy hay dấu ngoặc kép, và luôn tận cùng bằng dấu chấm câu.
Page 10 of 117
Eg: John said (that) he liked reading science books
The teacher said (that) he would give us a test the next day
B/ Các thay đổi trong câu gián tiếp

1. Thay đổi động từ tường thuật: Động từ tường thuật của lời nói trực tiếp phải được đổi phù hợp với nghĩa
hoặc cấu trúc câu của lời nói gián tiếp
Eg: He said, “Do you like coffee?”  He asked me if I liked coffee
“If I were you, I’d not buy that coat,” said Mary  Mary advised me not to buy the coat
Chú ý: SAY TO: không bao giờ được dùng ở lời nói gián tiếp. (phải đổi bằng TELL + (O))
TELL: không bao giờ được dùng ở lời nói trực tiếp.
2. Thay đổi các ngôi (đại từ, tính từ, đại từ sở hữu):
VD: Mr Nam said to Hoa, “You take your book out and show it to me”
- Tình huống 1: Một người bạn của Hoa tường thuật với người bạn khác: Mr Nam told Hoa that she took her
book out and showed it to him.
- Tình huống 2: Hoa tường thuật với một người bạn khác: Mr Nam told me that I took my book out and showed
it to him
- Tình huống 3: Thầy Nam tường thuật với người khác: I told Hoa that she took her book out and showed it to
me
3. Thay đổi thời gian, địa điểm, các từ chỉ định
a. Từ chỉ thời gian
Câu trực tiếp Câu gián tiếp
- now  then, at that time, at once, immediately
- an hour ago  an hour before/an hour earlier
- today  that day
- tonight  that night
- yesterday  the day before/the previous day
- tomorrow  the next day/the following day
- Yesterday morning/ afternoon  the previous morning/ afternoon
- Tomorrow morning  the next/following morning
- the day before yesterday  two days before
- the day after tomorrow  (in) two days’ time
- last year  the year before/the previous year
- next month  the month after/the following month
b. Từ chỉ nơi chốn, địa điểm:
HERE  THERE: Khi chỉ một địa điểm xác định
Eg: “Do you put the pen here?” he said  He asked me if I put the pen there
HERE cụm từ thích hợp tựy theo nghĩa:
Eg: She said to me, “You sit here”  She told me to sit next to her.
“Come here, John,” he said  He told John to come over him.
c. Các đại từ chỉ định:
THIS/ THESE + từ chỉ thời gian  THAT/THOSE
Eg: “They’re coming this evening,” he said.  He said (that) they were coming that evening
THIS/THESE + danh từ  THE
Eg: “Is this book yours?” said Mary  Mary asked me if the book was mine
THIS/THESE: chỉ thị đại từ  IT/ THEM
Eg: He said, “I like this”  He said (that) he liked it
Ann said to Tom, “Please take these into my room”  Ann asked Tom to take them into her room
4. Thay đổi thỡ của động từ
 Các trường hợp thay đổi thỡ:
Khi các động từ tường thuật (say, tell, ask…) ở thì quá khứ, động từ trong câu gián tiếp phải lùi về quá khứ một
thì so với câu trực tiếp.
Câu trực tiếp Câu gián tiếp
Simple Present: “I don’t know this man” Simple Past: He said he didn’t know that man
Present Continuous: “I’m working for a Past Continuous: He said he was working for a foreign
foreign company” company
Present Perfect: “I’ve read a good book” Past Perfect: He said he had read a good book
Page 11 of 117
Present Perfect Continuous: “I have been Past Perfect Continuous: He said he had been writing
writing my report”. his report
Simple Past: “I finished my assignment” Past Perfect: He said he had finished his assignment
Simple Future: “I will do it later” Future in the past: He said he would do it later.
Modal Verbs: Past forms of modals:
“I can work late today” He said he could work late that day
“I may see her tonight” He said he might see her that night
“I must/have to go now” He said he had to go then
 Các trường hợp không thay đổi thỡ:

a. Khi động từ tường thuật (say, tell, ask…) ở thì hiện tại đơn, tương lai đơn hay hiện tại hoàn thành:
Eg: He says, “I don’t know the answer to your question”
 He says to me that he doesn’t know the answer to my question
They’ll say, “We’ll buy a new house”  They’ll say (that) they will buy a new house
b. Khi động từ tường thuật (say, tell, ask…) ở thì quá khứ, động từ trong câu gián tiếp không đổi thì
trong các trường hợp sau:
- Tường thuật một sự thật hiển nhiên, một chân lý, định luật khoa học hay vật lý:
Eg: My teacher said, “Russia is the biggest country in the world”
 My teacher said that Russia is the biggest country in the world
He said, “health is more precious than gold”  He said (that) health is more precious than gold
- Được tường thuật ngay sau khi nói hay khi thuật lại sự kiện vẫn không đổi:
Eg: (In class): A: What did the teacher say?
B: He said (that) he wants us to do our homework
- Khi động từ trong câu trực tiếp là các động từ như: USED TO, hay các động từ khiếm khuyết: COULD,
WOULD, SHOULD, MIGHT, OUGHT TO, HAD TO, HAD BETTER
Eg: He said, “They might win the game”  He said to me that they might win the game.
- Với MUST diễn tả lời khuyên:
Eg: “This book is very useful. You must read it”, Tom said to me.
 Tom told me (that) the book was very useful and I must read it.
- Khi động từ trong câu trực tiếp ở các thì: Past Continuous, Past perfect, Past Perfect Continuous, (nếu thì
Simple Past đi kèm một thời gian cụ thể có thể không thay đổi thì).
Eg: He said, “I was eating when he called me”  He told me he was eating when she called him.
- Khi tường thuật mệnh đề ước muốn (wish): theo sau động từ WISH, WOULD RATHER, IF ONLY
Eg: He said, “I wish I were richer”  He told me he wished he were richer
She said, “I wish I had a good memory” She said she wished she had a good memory
- Các câu điều kiện loại 2, 3 (câu điều kiện không thật)
Eg: He said, “If I had time, I would help you”  He said to me if he had time, he would help me
- Cấu trúc “It’s (high) time…”
Eg: He said, “It’s time we went”  He said it was time they went.
He said, “It’s time we changed our way of working”  He said (that) it was time they changed their way of
working.
C/ Các loại câu gián tiếp
1. Tường thuật câu trần thuật (statements)
- Dựng say hoặc tell để tường thuật
- Thường bắt đầu bằng: He said that…. / she said to me that…/ they told me that….,
eg: She said, “I’m happy to see you again”
 She said that she was happy to see me again
She said to me that she was happy to see me again
She told me that she was happy to see me again
- Chú ý đổi thì, các đại từ, các từ chỉ thời gian, địa điểm…
2. Tường thuật câu hỏi (questions)

a. Đối với câu hỏi trực tiếp (Wh-question)
- Thường bắt đầu bằng: He asked (me) …/ He wanted to know…/ She wondered….
Eg: She asked, “What is his job?”  She asked what his job was.
Page 12 of 117
They asked me, “Where did you have lunch?”  They asked me where I had lunch.
- Không đặt trợ động từ trước chủ ngữ như trong câu hỏi trực tiếp.
- Không đặt dấu chấm hỏi cuối câu.
- Thay đổi thỡ, đại từ, các từ chỉ thời gian, địa điểm…
b. Đối với câu hỏi “Yes – No” hoặc câu hỏi lựa chọn “Or”
- Phải thêm từ “if/whether” để mở đầu câu tường thuật
eg: She asked, “are you a teacher?”  She asked him if/whether he was a teacher
They asked me, “Do you want to go or stay at home?”  They asked me if/ whether I wanted to go or stay
at home.
- Câu hỏi đuôi được tường thuật giống câu hỏi Yes/No nhưng bỏ phần đuôi phía sau
eg: She asked, “You will stay here, won’t you?”  She asked me if/whether I would stay there.
3. Câu tường thuật với “infinitive”:

a. Tường thuật câu mệnh lệnh, yêu cầu (Imperatives / Commands or Requests) dùng cấu trúc: tell/ ask/
request/ order somebody (not) to do something
Eg: “Read carefully before signing the contract,” he said.  He told me to read carefully before signing the
contract)
“The commander said to his soldier, "Shoot!"  The commander ordered his soldier to shoot.
“Please talk slightly,” they said.  They requested us to talk slightly.
“Listen to me, please”  He asked me to listen to him.
“Will you help me, please?”  He asked me to help him.
“Will you lend me your dictionary?”  He asked me to lend him my dictionary.
b. Tường thuật lời khuyên (Advice) dựng cấu trúc: advise somebody (not) to do something
Lời khuyờn: - Had better, ought to, should, must
- Why don’t you + V?
- If I were you, I’d (not) + V…
Eg: “Why don’t you take a course in computer?” my teacher said to me.
 My teacher advised me to take a course in computer.
c. Tường thuật lời mời (Invitation) dựng cấu trúc: invite somebody to do something
Eg: “Would you like to have breakfast with me?” Tom said to me.  Tom invited me to have breakfast with him.
d. Tường thuật lời cảnh báo (warn) dựng cấu trúc: warn somebody (not) to do something
“Don’t touch the red buttons,” said the mom to the child.  The mom warns the child not to touch the red
buttons
e. Tường thuật lời nhắc nhở (reminders) dựng cấu trúc: remind somebody to do something
“Don’t forget to turn off the lights before leaving,” Sue told me  Sue reminded me to turn off the lights before
leaving
f. Tường thuật lời động viên (encouragement) dựng cấu trúc: encourage / urge somebody to do something
“Go on, take part in the competition,” said my father  My father encouraged me to take part in the competition
g. Tường thuật lời cấu khẩn dựng cấu trỳc: beg/implore somebody to do something
“Do me a favor, please,” said the servant to his master  The servant begged/implored his master to do him a
favor.
h. Tường thuật lời đề nghị, tự nguyện (offers) dựng cấu trúc: offer to do something
Lời đề nghị: - Shall I + V
- Would you like me + to V
- Let me + V
Eg: Mary said to Ann, “Shall I get you a glass of orange juice?”  Mary offered to get Anna a glass of orange
juice.
“Shall I bring you some tea?” He asked  He offered to bring me some tea
i. Tường thuật lời hứa (Promises) dựng cấu trúc: promise (not) to do something
Eg: “I’ll give the book back to you tomorrow,” he said  He promised to give the book back to me the next day.
j. Tường thuật lời đe dọa (threat) dựng cấu trúc: threaten to do something.
“I’ll shot if you move,” said the robber  The robber threatened to shoot if I moved
4. Câu tường thuật với “gerund”
Các cấu trúc của câu tường thuật với danh động từ:
S + V + V-ing: admit, deny, suggest…
Page 13 of 117
S + V + preposition + V-ing: apologize for, complain about, confess to, insist on, object to, dream of, think of…
S + V + O + preposition + V-ing: accuse.. of, blame…for, congratulate…on, criticize…for,
warn…about/against, praise…for, thank…for, prevent…from…
Eg: “I’ve always wanted to study abroad,” he said.  He’s dreaming of studying abroad.
“It’s nice of you to give me some fruit. Thanks,” Ann said to Mary Ann thanked Mary for giving her some fruit
“I’m sorry, I’m late,” Tom said to the teacher.  Tom apologized to the teacher for being late
“Shall we meet at the theater?” he asked  He suggested meeting at the theater.
5. Câu cảm thán trong lời nói gián tiếp
What a lovely dress!  She exclaimed that the dress was lovely.
She exclaimed that the dress was a lovely one.
She exclaimed with admiration at the sight of the dress.
6. Các hình thức hỗn hợp trong lời nói gián tiếp
She said, “Can you play the piano?” and I said “no”
 She asked me if I could play the piano and I said that I could not
A. Choose the correct answer among A, B C or D.
1. “I wish.............. eat vegetables”, he said.
A. my children will B. my children would C. whether my children would D. my children must
2. He wants to know whether I_____________ back tomorrow.
A. come B. came C. will come D. would come
3. I wonder why he______________ love his family.
A. doesn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. hasn’t
4. He begged them --------------.
A. help him B. should help him C. to help him D. help to him
5. Peter asked Jane why -------------- the film on T. V the previous night.
A. didn’t she watch B. hadn’t she watched C. she doesn’t watch D. she hadn’t watched
6. He advised them -------------- in class.
A. to not talk B. not to talk C. to talk not D. don’t talk
7. Some one was wondering if the taxi -------------- yet.
A. had arrived B. arrived C. arrives D. has arrived
8. The government has announced that taxes --------------.
A. would be raised B. had been raised C. were raised D. will be raised
9. He proved that the earth -------------- round the Sun.
A. had gone B. was going C. goes D. would go
10. Claire wanted to know what time --------------.
A. do the banks close B. the banks closed C. did the banks close D. the banks would close
11. Julia said that she ___________ there at noon.
A. is going to be B. was going to be C. will be D. can be
12. He _______ that he was leaving that afternoon.
A. told me B. told to me C. said me D. says to me
13. She said to me that she __________ to me the Sunday before.
A. wrote B. had written C. was writing D. has written
14. Nam wanted to know what time ________.
A. does the movie begin B. did the movie begin C. the movie begins D. the movie began
15. He asked me _______ Robert and I said I did not know _______.
A. that did I know / who were he B. that I knew / who he had been
C. if I knew/ who he was D. whether I knew / who had he been
16. I asked Martha ______ to enter law school.
A. was she planning B. is she planning C. if she was planning D. are you planning
17. I wondered_______ the right thing.
A. whether I was doing B. if I am doing C. was I doing D. am I doing
18. Thu said she had been___________ the day before.
A. here B. there C. in this place D. where
19. Peter said that if he ________rich, he _________ a lot.
A. is – will travel B. were- would travel C. was – will travel C. been–would travel
Page 14 of 117
20. They said that they had been driving through the desert__________.
A. the previous day B. yesterday C. the last day D. Suday previously
21. He asked the children _________too much noise.
A. not to make B. not making C. don’t make D. if they don’t make
22. Laura said she had worked on the assignment since _______.
A. yesterday B. two days ago C. the day before D. the next day
23. Mr Hawk told me that he would give me his answer the……….. day
A. previous B. following C. before D. last
24. John said he _________ her since they ________ school.
A. hasn’t met–left B. hadn’t met-had left C. hadn’t met/ left D. didn’tmeet – left
25. The woman asked __________get lunch at school.
A. can the children B. whether the children could C. if the children can D. could the children
26. She said that when she_________ to school, she saw an accident.
A. was walking B. has walked C. had been walking D. has been walking
27. He asked, “Why didn’t she take the final exam?” - He asked why __________ the final exam.
A. she took B. did she take C. she hadn’t taken D. she had taken
28. Peter said he__________ some good marks the semester before.
A. gets B. got C. had gotten D. have got
29. They told their parents that they___________ their best to do the test.
A. try B. will try C. are trying D. would try
30. Mary asked me where I___________ from.
A. came B. coming C. to come D. come
31. She asked me _______ my holidays _______.
A. where I spent / the previous year B. where I had spent/ the previous year
C. where I spent / last year D. where did I spend / last year
32. He asked me who____________ the editor of that book.
A. was B. were C. is D. has been
33. Jason told me that he _______ his best in the exam the _______ day.
A. had done/ following B. will do/previous C. would do/ following D. was going/ previous
34. The guest told the host that _______.
A. I must go now B. he must go now C. he had to go now D. he had to go then
B. Choose the sentence that is closest in meaning to each sentence below.

35. '' Where did you go last night''? she said to her boyfriend.
A. She asked her boyfriend where did he go last night.
B. She asked her boyfriend where he went the night before.
C. She asked her boyfriend where had he gone the night before.
D. She asked her boyfriend where he had gone the night before.
36. '' Remember to write to your aunt''. I said to Miss Linh.
A. I said to Miss Linh remember to write to her aunt.
B. I said to Miss Linh to remember to write to her aunt.
C. I told Miss Linh remember to write to her aunt.
D. I reminded Miss Linh to remember to write to her aunt.
37. '' How long have you lived in Ha Noi''? said my friend.
A. My friend asked me how long have I lived in HaNoi.
B. My friend asked me how long had I lived in HaNoi.
C. My friend asked me how long I had lived in HaNoi.
D. My friend asked me how long I have lived in HaNoi.
38. ''Close the books, please'' said our teacher.
A. Close your book said by our teacher.
B. Our teacher asked us close our book.
C. Our teacher said us close our book.
D. Our teacher asked us to close our book.
II. GERUND AND INFINITIVE

Page 15 of 117
A. GERUND:
1. Chức năng:
Là chủ ngữ của câu: Dancing bored him
Bổ ngữ của động từ: Her hobby is painting
Là bổ ngữ: Seeing is believing
Sau giới từ: He is interested in watching films on Tv.
Sau một vài động từ: avoid, mind, enjoy.........
2. Một số cách dùng đặc biệt:
a. Verb + V-ing: Danh động từ theo sau một số động từ:
Admit: thừa nhận Finish Prevent
Anticipate: trông mong, mong đợi Forgive: tha thứ Propose (= suggest)
Avoid: tránh Like: thích Quit: từ bỏ
Appreciate: tán thành Love: yêu thích Recollect: nhớ lại
Consider: xem xét Imagine: tưởng tượng Resent: căm thù
Delay: hoãn lại Involve: dính líu, liên quan Recall: gợi nhớ/ recollect
Defer: trì hoãn Keep: giữ, tiếp Resume: cho rằng
Deny: từ chối Mind: phiền Resist: kháng cự, ngăn cản
Detest: ghẫt Miss: lỡ, nhớ Risk: mạo hiểm
Dislike: không thích Mention: đề cập Remember/ forget
Dread: sợ Pardon: tha thứ, tha lỗi Suggest: gợi ý
Enjoy: thích thỳ Prefer Stop/ begin/ start
Escape: trốn thoát Prevent: ngăn ngừa Understand: hiểu
Excuse: thứ lỗi Postpone: hoãn lại Discuss: thảo luận
Fancy: đam mê Practice: thực hành Hate: ghét
b. common phrasal verbs + V-ing: (sau một số cụm động từ)
carry on, end up, give up, go round, keep on, put off, set about…
c. Expression + V-ing: Một số thành ngữ theo sau bởi V-ing
- have fun/ a good time + V-ing: vui vẻ …
- have trouble/ difficulty + V-ing:
- have a hard time/ difficult time + V-ing
- spend + time/ money + V-ing (present participle) He spends 3 hours studying English every day.
- waste + time/money + V-ing:
- sit + Danh từ nơi chốn + V-ing: she sat at her desk writing a letter
- stand + danh từ nơi chốn + V-ing
- lie + danh từ nơi chốn + Ving
- can’t help = can’t bear = can’t stand = can’t resist (không thể chịu được)
I can’t bear hearing his lies
I can’t stand seeing him here
- it is no good / it is no use (vô ích / không có ích): It’s no use phoning him at this time
- there’s no point in …
- What’s the point of…
- to be busy bận rộn
My mother is busy cooking in the kitchen.
- to be worth đáng
This book is worth reading
- be use to = get used to = be accustomed to : quen với
- S + prefer + V-ing + to + V-ing: thích làm gi hơn làm gi
= S + would rather Vinf than Vinf
d. go + gerund để chỉ một hoạt động đặc biệt nào đó: (Present participle)
- go fishing đi câu cá go hunting go bowling go jogging
- go shopping đi mua sắm go camping go sightseeing go sailing
- go swimming đi bơi go dancing go running ….
- go hiking đi bộ dó ngoại go birdwatching go boating go canoening
- go mountain climbing
* Cụm giới từ theo sau bới V-ing:
Page 16 of 117
be excited/ worried about V-ing
complain keep (someone)
dream about/ of + V-ing prevent (someone) from V-ing
talk stop (someone)
think
apologize believe
blame (someone) be interested in V-ing
forgive (someone) for V-ing succeed
be responsible
thank (someone)
be tired of V-ing in addition

be waste look forward to V-ing
* Preposition +gerund (giới từ +gerund):

Be interested in (thớch thỳ) think about (nghĩ về) apologize for (xin lỗi về)
Insist on (khăng khăng về) talk about (nói về) instead of (thay vỡ)
Be accustomed to look forward to (mong đợi)

be / get used to quen /thớch nghi với be familiar with
3. The perfect gerund:

Form: having Vpp
The perfect gerund được sử dụng thay the present form of gerund (V-ing) khi chúng ta đề cập tới một hành
động đó hoàn tất trong quỏ khứ:
Ex: He was accused of having stolen her money.
He denied having been there.
4. The passive gerund:
Form: being + past participle (present)
Having + been + Vpp (past)
Ex: She hates being called a dull.
The mountain climbers are in danger of being killed by an avalanche.
I am interested in being given money by my mother.
He was punished by being sent to bed without any supper.
The safe showed no signs of having been touched.
B. INFINITIVES: Động từ nguyờn thể
1. Chức năng:
- Làm chủ ngữ của câu: (cùng với các động từ: appear, seem, be)
Ex: To save money now seems impossible.
= It seems impossible to save money (more usual)
- Làm bổ ngữ của động từ (be):
Ex: His plan is to keep the affair secret.
- Làm tân ngữ của động từ:
Ex: He wants to play
- Chỉ mục đích: He learns English to sing English songs.
- Sau một số tớnh từ:
2. Bare infinitive (infinitive without to)
 Được dùng sau động từ make, have với nghĩ nguyờn cớ (causative)
The Brown made their children clean their room.
The guest had the porters carry their luggage upstairs.
 Được dùng sau động từ giác quan như see, hear, feel,notice, taste, smell,....
We incidentally saw the plane crash into the moutain.
The man noticed his assistant leave work earlier than usual.
* chỳ ý:
Feel, hear, see, watch, smell, find + O + Ving (present participle): bắt gặp ai đó đang làm gỡ
Page 17 of 117
Feel, hear, see, watch, smell, find + O + bare inf.: thấy ai đó đó làm gỡ
 Đuợc dùng sau động từ let và help.
My brother let me use computer.
The parents helped their children set up the tent.
 Được dùng sau các đọng từ khuyết thiếu và trợ động từ: can, could, will, shall, would, should,
used to, had better, need, ought to, do, did …
 Trong cấu trúc: would rather + bare infinitve/ had better
3. To – infinitive:
A. To infinitive sau động từ:
Dạng1: V + TO INFINITIVE: Một số động từ theo sau là to infinitive
1. agree: đồng ý 19. learn: học 37. wish
2. aim: nhằm mục đích 20. manage: xoay xở 38. want
3. appear: có vẻ 21. neglect: lơ đóng 39. need
4. arrange: sắp xếp 22. offer: đề nghị 40. wait
5. ask: yờu cầu 23. plan: cú kế hoạch 41. expect
6. attempt: cố gắng 24. prepare: chuẩn bị 42. intend
7. bother: phiền 25. pretend: giả vờ 43. would like/ would love
8. care: để ý 26. proceed: tiếp nối 44. beg
9. choose: chọn 27. promise: 45. begin/ start
10. claim: công bố 28. prove: chứng tỏ 46. afford: đủ khả năng
11. decide: quyết định 29. refuse: từ chối 47. be willing
12. demand: yêu cầu 30. resolve: nhất quyết 48. be able
13. determine: định đoạt 31. seem: 49. expect
14. fail: thất bại 32. swear: thề 50. intend
15. guarantee: bảo đảm 33. tend: có xu hướng 51. beg: cầu khẩn
16. happen: xảy ra 34. threaten: dọa 52. prefer
17. hesitate: do dự 35. volunteer: tình nguyện
18. hope: hy vọng 36. vow: dụ dỗ
Dạng2: V + O + TO INFINITIVE
- Danh từ/ đại từ làm tân ngữ (objects) đi sau, rồi mới đến “to infinitive”
Vớ dụ:
- She advised me to go to the English Club.
* Một số động từ thường gặp:
+ advise: khuyên + allow: cho phép
+ ask: yêu cầu. + cause: gây ra.
+ command: yêu cầu, ra lệnh + encourage: khuyến khích
+ expect: mong chờ. + forbid: cấm
+ force: buộc + instruct: chỉ dẫn
+ invite: mời + oblige: bắt buộc
+ need: cần - We need you to help us
+ teach: dạy - My brother taught me to swim
+ tell: bảo. + want: muốn
+ warn: cảnh bỏo + remind: nhắc nhở
+ order: yêu cầu, ra lệnh + persuade: thuyết phục
+ request: yêu cầu + show:
+ train: đào tạo, huấn luyện + instruct: chỉ dẫn
+ permit: cho phép + remind: nhắc nhở
* NOTES:
+ allow / permit / advise/ recommend/ encourage + object + to infinitive
Ex: She doesn’t allow me to smoke in her room
+ allow/ permit/ recommend/ encourage/ advise + gerund
Ex: She doesn’t allow smoking in her room
Dạng3: V + TO INFINITIVE/ GERUND (một số động từ theo sau bởi to infinitive and gerund)
Nhóm 1: V + to Infinitive / Gerund (khụng khỏc nghĩa)
- begin bắt đầu - prefer thích.. hơn - can’t stand
- start bắt đầu - hate ghẫt - can’t bear
Page 18 of 117
- continue tiếp tục - love yêu thích - intend
- like thích - bother làm phiền
Các động từ trên có thể được theo sau bởi to Infinitive hoặc Gerund mà ý nghĩa hầu như không đổi.
Ví dụ:
- He began to laugh
= He began laughing
Nhóm 2: V + infinitive / Gerund (khác nghĩa)
remember, forget, regret, try, stop, need, go on
a. NEED
Need to do = it is necessary to do: cần phải làm (động từ nguyên mẫu mang nghĩa chủ động)
Need doing = need to be done: cần phải được làm (động từ nguyên mẫu mang nghĩa bị động)
 Tom needs to work harder. (It is necessary for Tom to work harder.)
 The grass in front of the house needs cutting. (The grass in front of the house needs to be cut.)
b. STOP
Stop to do = stop in order to do: dừng lại để làm việc gì khác

Stop doing = not to do something any longer: dừng làm việc gì đó (đang làm)
 They stopped to look at the pictures.

 They stopped smoking because it is bad for their health.
c. REGRET/ REMEMBER/ FORGET:

Remember/forget/regret + to V: nhớ/quên/tiếc sẽ phải làm gỡ (ở hiện tại và tương lai)
* Remember to send this letter (hãy nhớ gửi bức thư này). Don’t forget to buy flowers (đừng quên mua hoa
đấy)
* I regret to inform you that the train was canceled (tôi rất tiếc phải báo tin cho anh rằng chuyến tầu đó bị hủy
bỏ)
Remember/forget/regret + V-ing: nhớ/quên/tiếc đó làm gỡ (ở quá khứ).
I paid her $2. I still remember that. I still remember paying her $2 (tôi nhớ đã trả cô ấy 2 đô la).
She will never forget meeting the Queen (cô ấy không bao giờ quên lần gặp nữ hoàng)
He regrets leaving school early. It is the biggest mistake in his life.
d. TRY Try to do: cố gắng làm

Try doing: thử làm
 She tries to pass the entrance exam to the college of pharmacy.
 I’ve got a terrible headache. I try taking some aspirins but they didn’t help.
e. GO ON:
Go on doing s. th.: tiếp tục làm cùng một việc gì đó.
Go on to do s. th.: làm hay nói việc gì khác
 The Minister went on talking for two hours.

 We must change our ways. We can’t go on living like this.
 After discussing the economy, the Minister went on to talk about foreign policy.
f. MEAN
Mean + to V = intend to V: dự định làm gì đó
Mean + V-ing = involve: bao gồm, bao hàm, có nghĩa là
B. To infinitive sau một số tính từ:
 Trong cấu trỳc sau: IT + BE + ADJECTIVE + TO INFINITIVE
Vớ dụ:
- It’s difficult to find their house Thật khó tìm ra nhà của họ
- It’s dangerous to drive fast Lái xe nhanh thì nguy hiểm.
Page 19 of 117
- It’s important to learn English Học tiếng Anh thỡ rất quan trọng
Có hai dạng tương đương như sau:
= To infinitive + be + Adjective
Gerund
Vớ dụ:
- It’s exciting to play football Chơi bóng đá thật thú vị.
= to play football is exciting
= playing football is exciting
 To infinitive sau 1 số tính từ:
Able, unable, happy, delighted (vui vẻ), easy, lovely, glad, sorry, eager (háo hức), amazed (ngạc nhiên), pleased
(hài lòng), disappointed, surprised, willing (sẵn lòng), certain (chắc chắn)
 Trong cấu trúc:
* S + be/ get/ look/ seem/ become... + too + Adj +(for O) + to infi.
S + V (thường) + too + Adv +(for O) + to infi.
Ex: The water in this glass is too hot to drink.
This coffee is too hot for me to drink.
He runs too slowly to catch the bus.
*S + be + Adj + enough (for O) + to infi.
S + V (thường) + Adv + enough (for O) + to infi.
Ex: He is old enough to get married.
He’s intelligent enough to get good marks.
They speak slowly enough to understand.
* so + adjective + as + infinitive Ex: He was so foolish as to leave his car unlocked.
*It + cost/ take + O + to infinitive… Ex: It would cost millions/ take years to rebuild the castle.
C. Sau một số từ để hỏi:
Verb + how/what/when/where/ which/why + infinitive
Những động từ sử dụng công thức này là ask, decide, discover, find out, forget, know, learn, remember, see,
show + object, think, understand, want to know, wonder.
Ex : He discovered how to open the safe.
I found out where to buy fruit cheaply.
She couldn’t think what to say
I showed her which button to press.
PHẦN II: BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG: Multiple choice

1. I enjoy _________ alone.
a. be b. to be c. being d. to have been
2. Would you like _______to the party?
a. to come b. come c. coming d. to have come
3. Do you mind_______ such a long way to work everyday?
a. to travel b. travel c. to have travelled d. travelling
4. I don’t like that house. I would hate _______there.
a. live b. living c. to live d. to have lived
5. Sometimes I would like_______ to play the piano.
a. to learn b. learning c. learn d. to have learned
6. Please remember _______this letter.
a. to post b. post c. posting d. to have posted
7. We tried _______the fire out but we were unsuccessful. We had to call the fire- brigade.
a. putting b. put c. to put d. to have put
8. Someone must have taken my bag. I clearly remember_______ it by the window and now it has gone.
a. leave b. to leave c. to have left d. leaving
9. Jane needed some money. She tried _______Harry but he couldn’t help her.
a. to have asked b. to ask c. asking d. ask
10. Please tell me how _______this
a. do b. to do c. doing d. to have done
11. One is never too old_______
a. to learn b. learning c. learn d. to have learned
Page 20 of 117
12. You are old enough _______out alone.
a. going b. to go c. to have gone d. go
13. I’m glad _______you
a. to meet b. meet c. meeting d. to have met
14. It’s nice _______you
a. to know b. know c. knowing d. to have known
15. We stopped_______ hello to her.
a. say b. to say c. saying d. to have said
16. It’s no use ______ those things.
a. buy b. buying c. to buy d. to be bought
17. After ______, she invited the audience to ask questions.
a. finish b. finished c. finishing d. to finish
18. Robbins started ______ a few years ago.
a. to jog b. jogging c. jog d. A and B are correct
19. I suggest ________ some more mathematics puzzles.
a. do b. to do c. doing d done
20. My computer needs _______.
a. repair b. to repair c. repairing d. repaired
21. I want ----- at home tonight
a. staying b. to stay c. stay d. stayed
22. Alice isn’t interested in ------- for a new job
a. look b. to look c. looks d. looking
23. We’re going out for dinner. Would you like ----- us?
a. joining b. to join c. join d. joins
24. When Beth got tired, she stopped -------
a. working b. to work c. work d. works
25. Don’t forget ------ the letter I gave you yesterday
a. post b. posting c. posts d. to post
26. Her boss refuses ------ her a raise
a. giving b. to give c. give d. a & b correct
27. She enjoys ----- with many people
a. work b. working c. to work d. works
28. Mary was in a difficult situation, so he agreed ------- her some money
a. to lend b. lend c. lending d. a & c correct
29. They sometimes avoid ------ him
a. meeting b. meet c. to meet d. meets
30. It was a nice day, so we decided -------- for a walk
a. going b. go c. to go d. goes
III. RELATIVE CLAUSES

- Mệnh đề quan hệ là mệnh đề phụ được nối với mệnh đề chính bởi các đại từ quan hệ (who, whom, whose,
which, that) hay các trạng từ quan hệ như (where, when, why). Mệnh đề quan hệ đứng ngay đằng sau danh từ.
Chức năng của nó giống như một tính từ do vậy nó cũn được gọi là mệnh đề tính ngữ.
Eg: The man who lives next door is very friendly.
Danh từ đứng trước Chủ ngữ Tân ngữ Sở hữu cách
(Antecedent) (Subject) (Object) (Possesive Case)
Người (person) Who/That Whom/That Whose
Vật (Thing) Which/That Which/That Of which/ whose
I. Đại từ quan hệ (Relative pronouns)

1. WHO: thay thế cho người, làm chủ ngữ/ tân ngữ trong MĐQH.
Ex: - I need to meet the boy. The boy is my friend’s son.
 I need to meet the boy who is my friend’s son.
The girl is John’s sister. You saw her at the concert.
=> The girl who you saw at the concert is …
2. WHOM: thay thế cho người, làm tân ngữ trong MĐQH.
Page 21 of 117
Ex:- I know the girl. I spoke to this girl.
 I know the girl whom I spoke to.
3. WHICH: - thay thế đồ vật, làm chủ ngữ /tân ngữ trong MĐQH.
Ex: - She works for a company. It makes cars
 She works for a company which makes cars.
The accident wasn’t very serious. Daniel saw it.
=> The accident which Daniel saw ……
* Thay thế cho cả mệnh đề đứng trước nó – a connector
Ex: He passed his exam. This pleased his parents.
He passed his exam, which pleased his parents. (dùng dấu phẩy trước đại từ quan hệ)
4. THAT: thay thế cho WHO/ WHOM/ WHICH trong MĐQH hạn định (Mđ không có dấu phẩy)
Ex: - I need to meet the boy that/ who is my friend’s son.
- I know the girl that/ who/ whom I spoke to.
- She works for a company that/ which makes cars.
*Notes:
+ Những trường hợp thường dùng THAT:
- Sau đại từ bất định: something, anyone, nobody,…hoặc sau “ all, much, none, little... ” được dùng như đại từ.
Ex: I’ll tell you something that is very interesting.
All that is mine is yours. / These walls are all that are remains of the city.
- Sau các tính từ so sánh hơn nhất, các từ chỉ thứ tự: only, first, last, second, next…
Ex: - This is the most beautiful dress that I’ve ever had.
- You are the only person that can help us.
- Trong cấu trúc: It + be + … + that … (chính là …)
It is/was not until + time/clause + that……(mãi tới khi…. thì…)
Ex: It is my friend that wrote this sentence.
It was not until 1990 that she became a member of the team.
+ Những trường hợp khụng dựng THAT:
- Trong mệnh đề tính từ không hạn định.
Ex: Mr Brown, that we studied English with, is a very nice teacher. (sai)
- Sau giới từ.
Ex: The house in that I was born is for sale. (sai)
+ Bắt buộc dựng THAT:
- Sau cụm từ vừa chỉ người và vật, bắt buộc dùng “that”:
Ex: He told me the places and people that he had seen in London.
We can see the farmers and their cattle that are going to the field.
- Trong cấu trúc: It be ………. that …………. (cú thể dựng WHO khi chủ ngữ Hoặc tân ngữ đứng giữa “It be
N / O that …. ” chỉ người
5. WHOSE (OF WHICH): thay thế cho các danh từ có tính từ sở hữu đi kèm (his-, her-, its-, their-).
Ex: - John found the cat. Its leg was broken.
 John found a cat whose leg/(the leg of which) was broken. (Of which is informal)
- This is the student. I borrowed his book.
This is the student whose book I borrowed.
*Các từ chỉ số lượng như (quantifiers): All of, None of, each of, most of, many of, neither of, the majority
of …=> có thể dùng với WHICH / WHOM/ WHOSE trong mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định:
Ex: - Daisy has three brothers. All of them are teachers.
 Daisy has three brothers, all of whom are teachers.
- He asked me a lot of questions. I couldn’t answer most of them.
 He asked me a lot of questions, most of which I couldn’t answer
She has a teddy- bear. Both of its eyes are brown.
=> She has a teddy-bear, both of whose eyes are brown.
*Lưu ý về mệnh đề quan hệ:
1. Giới từ có thể đứng trước Whom và which.
- in formal written style: prep + which/ whom Eg: The man about whom you are talking is my brother.
- in informal style: giới từ thường đứng sau động từ The man whom you are talking about is my brother.
Page 22 of 117
Chỳ ý: Khi ĐTQH làm tân ngữ trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định và giới từ đứng sau động từ trong mệnh đề thì
ta cú thể bỏ đại từ quan hệ.
Eg: The picture (which) you are looking at is very expensive.
- Nhưng khi giới từ đứng trước đại từ quan hệ thì ta không thể bỏ đại từ quan hệ:
Eg: The picture at which you are looking is very expensive.
2. Giới từ không dùng trước That và Who:
3. Khi động từ trong mệnh đề là Phrasal verbs: không được chuyển giới từ lên trước ĐTQH whom /which:
Eg: Did you find the word which you were looking up?
The child whom I have looked after for a year is very naughty.
The man whom you are looking forward to is the chairman of the company.
4. Without luôn đứng trước whom/ which:
Eg: The woman without whom I can’t live is Jane.
Fortunately we had a map without which we would have got lost.
5. Các đại từ quan hệ có chức năng tân ngữ (mà trước chúng không có giới từ) trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định
đều có thể lược bỏ. Tuy nhiên trong mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định thì không thể lược bỏ.
Eg: That’s the house (which) I have bought.
The woman (whom) you met yesterday works in advertising. (làm nghề quảng cỏo)
Eg: Mr Tom, whom everybody suspected, turned out to be innocent.
II. Đại từ quan hệ (Relative Adverbs)

1. WHERE: thay thế cho cụm từ chỉ nơi chốn hoặc thay cho (in/ at / on... which), there / here.
Ex: - The movie theater is the place. We can see films at that place.
 The movie theater is the place where we can see films.
at which
Eg: That is the house. We used to live in it.
=> That is the house where we used to live. (= in which)
This is the table. My teacher put his book on it.
=> This is the table where my teacher put his book. (= on which)
2. WHEN:thay thế cho cụm từ chỉ thời gian hoặc thay cho (in/ on/at... which), then
Ex: - Do you remember the day. We first met on that day.
 Do you remember the day when/on which we first met?
Eg: That was the time when he managed the company. (= at which)
 Spring is the season when flowers of all kinds are in full bloom. (= in which)
3. WHY (for which): thay thế cho cụm trạng từ chỉ lí do.
Ex: - Tell me the reason. You are so sad for that reason.
 Tell me the reason why/for which you are so sad.
*Note:
- “Where” có thể được sử dụng mà không cần cụm từ chỉ nơi chốn.
Eg: Put it where we all can see it.
- Không sử dụng giới từ trước “Where, When, Why”.
Eg: The building in where he lives/ where he lives in is very old. (sai)
=> The building in which he lives is very old.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG Choose the best answer.

1. Sunday is the day.......... I go to Water park with my kids.
A. when B. where C. why D. which
2. That was the reason.......... he didn't marry her.
A. when B. where C. why D. which
3. An architect is someone.......... deigns buildings.
A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
4. The boy to.......... I lent my money is poor.
A. who B. whom C. which D. that
5. The land and the people.......... I have met are nice.
6. I can answer the question.......... you say is very difficult.
A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
Page 23 of 117
7. This is the place.......... the battle took place ten years ago.
A. which B. in where C. where D. from where
8. Sunday is the day.......... which we usually go fishing.
A. during B. at C. in D. on
9. This is the last time.......... I speak to you.
A. of which B. whose C. that D. which
10. He talked about the books and the authors.......... interested him.
A. who B. that C. which D. whom
11. Bondi is the beautiful beach.......... I used to sunbathe.
A. when B. where C. which D. why
12. Dec 26th, 05 was the day.......... the terrible tsunami happened.
A. when B. where C. which D. why
13. The woman.......... lives next my door is doctor.
14. The boy.......... Mary likes is my son.
15. The boy.......... eyes are brown is my son.
16. The table.......... legs are broken should be repaired.
17. The town.......... we are living is noisy and crowded
A. where B. in where C. which D. at which
18. The year.......... we came to live here was 1997
A. when B. which C. that D. in the time
19. The worker.......... house is next to mine died this morning.
A. whose B. whom C. which D. whose
20. The lady.......... son went on a picnic with us last weekend is a teacher at our school.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
21. Take.......... measures you consider best.
A. whatever B. however C. whenever D. wherever
22........... difficulties you may encounter, I'm sure you'll succeed.
A. how B. whatever C. however D. how great
23. He is the only friend.......... I like.
A. who B. whom C. that D. whose
24. I didn't get the job.......... which I applied.
A. in B. on C. at D. for
25. The man.......... whom she is married has been married twice before.
A. in B. on C. at D. to
26. I wasn't interested in the things.......... which they were talking.
A. in B. on C. at D. about
27. The bed.......... which I slept was too soft.
28. The party.......... which we went wasn't very enjoyable.
29. The flight.......... which we wanted to travel was fully booked.
30. She is the most beautiful girl.......... ever lived.
A. which B. whom C. whose D. that
31. The decision was postponed,.......... was exactly what he wanted.
32. All the people.......... have gone into the room are still young.
A. which B. whom C. whose D. that
33. Jack has three brothers, all of.......... are married.
34. They gave us a lot of information, most of.......... was useless.
Page 24 of 117
35. There were a lot of people at the party, only a few of.......... I had met before.
A. who B. whom C. them D. that
36.. I have sent him two letters, neither of.......... has arrived.
A. who B. them C. which D. that
37. John won $,600, half of.......... he gave to his parents.
A. whom B. which C. that D. it
38. Ten people applied for the job, none of.......... were suitable.
A. who B. whom C. them D. that
39. Jill isn't on the phone,.......... makes it difficult to contact her.
A. which B. that C. who D. it
40. Bob is the kind of person to.......... one can talk about anything.
A. who B. whom C. that D. him
TUẦN 3: - Modal verbs

- Comparison
- Inversion
I. MODAL VERBS
MODA USES PRESENT / FUTURE PAST
L 1. Could/ May/ Might +
VERBS perfect: có thể là
1. 1. MAY (1) polite request - May I borrow your pen? Dùng để chỉ một
(2) formal permission - You may leave the room. tiên đoán trong quá khứ
(3) more than 50% certainty - Where is John? nhưng không có cơ sở.
He may be at the library. Những động từ khiếm
(4) exclamation as a wish - May all your dreams come khuyết này đều mang nghĩa
(5) after the clause with true! hiện tại.
“hope”, “trust” - I trust (hope) that you may find Eg: - It may have
(6) adverb clauses of this plan to your satisfaction. rained last night, but I am
concession with “but” - He may be poor, but he is not sure.
(7) adverb clauses of honest. (Though he is poor...) - The cause of
purpose - She was studying so that she death could have been
might read English books. bacteria.
2. 2. (1) less than 50% - Where is John? - John might have
MIGHT (2) polite request (rare) He might be at the library. gone to the movies
(3) petulant reproach - Might I borrow your pen? yesterday.
(4) exclamation as a wish - You might listen when I am
(5) after the clause with talking to you. (Làm ơn ráng mà
“hope”, “trust” lắng nghe tôi nói)
(6) adverb clauses of
concession with “but”
(7) adverb clauses of
purpose
3. 3. (1) Past ability - Could I borrow your pen?
COULD (2) polite request - Could you help me?
(3) suggestion -I need help in math.
(4) less than 50 % certainty You could talk to your teacher.
(5) impossibility Where is John? He could be at
(negative only) home.
That couldn’t be true.
4. 4. CAN (1) ability/ possibility - I can run fast. 1. Must have and can't
(2) informal permission - You can use my car tomorrow. have
(colloquial speech) Diễn đạt một ý kiến của
(3) informal polite request - Can I borrow your pen? mình theo suy luận
(4) impossibility (negative - That can’t be true. logic.(về 1 hành động
only) trong quá khứ)
Page 25 of 117
(5) = Continuous Tense Listen! I think I can hear the I must have left my wallet
when using with verbs of sound of the sea. (không dùng I in the car.( I am sure I did
perception am hearing) )
Jim can't have noticed
you.( I am sure he didn't )
5. 5. (1) strong necessity (from - I must go to class today. 2. Must + Perfect: Dùng
MUST speaker) -> needn’t - Must I do it now? - No, you để nói về một tiên đoán
(negative) needn’t. Tomorrow will be soon xảy ra trong quá khứ
enough. nhưng dựa trên những cơ
(2) prohibition(negative) - You must not open that door. sở rõ ràng
(3)95 % certainty-> can’t Mary isn’t in class. She must be Eg: - I have lost one of
(negative) sick. (present only) my gloves. I must have
If he said that, he can’t be telling dropped it somewhere.
the truth. - My wacth says
only ten past six. It must
have stopped.
6. 6. (1) necessity (from external - I have to go to class today. Had to
HAVE circumstances) - I don’t have to go to class Must không có dạng quá
TO (2)lack of necessity ( today. khứ, nên chúng ta dùng
negative) had to để thay thế.
7. 7. (1)necessity I have got to go to class today. Sorry I'm late, I had to
HAVE take the children to
GOT school.
TO Dạng nghi vấn là Did you
have to?
Did you have to work late
yesterday?
8. 8. (1) advisability - I should study tonight. Should have and ought to
SHOUL (2) 90% certainty - She should do well on the test. have
D= ( future only, not present) Diễn đạt cảm giác của
OUGH người nói khi đã nhỡ phạm
T TO phải 1 sai lầm nào đó trong
9. 9. (1) advisability - I ought to study tonight. quá khứ.
OUGH (2) 90 % certainty - She ought to do well on the I should have posted this
T TO test. letter yesterday.( I didn't
( future only, not present) do the right thing )
You shouldn't have told
me the answer.( you were
wrong to do so )
10. 10. (1) polite question to make a - Shall I open the door?
SHALL suggestion - I shall arrive at 9.00
(2) future with “I “or “we” (will: more common)
as subject - He shall suffer for this; he shall
(3) threat pay you what he owes you.
- These people want to buy my
(4) determination (speaker) house, but they shan’t have it.
(5) promise - If you work hard, you shall
have a holiday on Saturday.
11. 11. (1) 100% certainty - He will be here at 6.00(future Will have V(p2): diễn tả
WILL (2) willingness only) một cái gì đó sẽ được hoàn
(3) polite request - The phone is ringing. I’ll get it. thành vào một thời gian
(4) determination (subject) - Will you please pass the salt? nào đó trong tương lai.
(5) promise - (a) George shall go out without - By 2015, I will have left
his overcoat. my school.
(b) George will go out without
his overcoat.
Page 26 of 117
12. 12. BE (1)100% certainty - He is going to be here at 6.00. Past plans
GOING (2)definite plan (future only) I was going to paint my
TO - I am going to paint my bedroom,
bedroom. but now I don’t have time.
(future only)
13. 13. BE (1) ability I am able to help you. were/ was able to
ABLE (succeeded in doing) I will be able to help you. the achievement of st
TO difficult in the past
When I was young, I could
run very fast.
Luckily, Mary was able to
help us.
14. 14. (1) polite request - Would you please pass the Would rather + Perfect:
WOUL salt? Ước muốn đã không xảy
D (2) preference ra trong quá khứ
- Would you mind if I left early? Eg: - The film at the
I would rather go to the park cinema was boring. I
(3)repeated action in the than stay at home. would rather have stayed
past = used to - Every day he would get up at home to watch TV.
six o'clock and light the fire. - He studied
French at schoo; only
because his parents wanted
him. He would rather have
studied English.
Một sự dự đoán về một sự
việc mang tính chất giả
thiết trong quá khứ
- Life in the Middle Ages
was harsh and cruel. You
would have hated it a lot.
15. 15. (1)repeated action in the I used to talk to him via mobile I used to visit my
USED past phone at night. grandparents every
TO weekend.
16. 16. (1)advisability with threat of You had better be on time, or we (past form uncommon)
HAD bad result will leave without you.
BETTE
R
17. 17. BE (1)expectation Class is supposed to begin at 10. Class was supposed to
SUPPO begin at 10.
SED TO
18. 18. BE (1)strong expectation You are to be here at 9.00 Was/Were to have
TO Diễn đạt một hành động
mà đáng lẽ nó đã phải xảy
ra nhưng cuối cùng thì lại
không xảy ra.
He was to have left
yesterday.( he was
supposed to leave, but he
didn't
19. 19. (1)necessity (negative & You needn’t go yet, need you? Needn't have and didn't
NEED interrogative) need to
Có 1 sự khác biệt nhỏ giữa
2 cách dùng này. Hãy so
sánh nhé:
I needn't have arrived at
seven. - Tôi đáng nhẽ
Page 27 of 117
không cần phải tới lúc 7h,
nhưng tôi đã làm.
( I arrived at seven, but it
wasn't necessary )
I didn't need to arrive at
seven. - Trước đó tôi đã
biết mình không phải tới
lúc 7h.
( we don't know when I
arrived - maybe seven or
later )
Nhưng thông thường trong
văn nói, người ta thường
dùng didn't need to trong
cả 2 trường hợp.
In speech, have is often
contracted in the forms in
this unit.
20. 20. (1) bravery to do st You daren’t climb that tree, dare
DARE (2) I daresay (proverb)= you?
perhaps, it is probable He is not here yet, but I daresay
he will come later.
EXERCISES
1. She ___ be ill. I have just seen her playing basket ball in the school yard.
a. needn't b. shouldn't c. mustn't d. can't
2. Hiking the trail to the peak _____ be dangerous if you are not well prepared for dramatic weather changes.
You _____ research the route a little more before you attempt the ascent.
a. might / can b. may / mustn't c. can / should d. must / needn't
3. Peter has been working for 10 hours. He _______ be very tired now.
a. needn't b. must c. has to d. should
4. He is unreliable. What he says _______ be believed.
a. cannot b. must not c. may not d. might not
5. I _______ find my own way there. You _______ wait for me.
a. should / can't b. have to / must c. can / needn't d. might / mustn't
6. I was reading the book last night before I went to bed. I never took it out of this room. It ____ be lying
around here somewhere. Where ___ it be?
a. might / needn't b. can / should c. shouldn't / may d. must / can
7. When you have a small child in the house, you _______ leave small objects lying around. Such objects
_______ be swallowed, causing serious injury or even death.
a. should / must b. should not / might c. needn't / may d. mustn't / can't
8. Jenny's engagement ring was precious! It _______ have cost a fortune.
a. must b. should c. can d. needn't
9. You _____ take your umbrella along with you today. It ______rain later on this afternoon.
a. ought to / mustn't b. needn't / will c. will / must d. should / might
10. I _____be at the meeting by 10:00. I will probably _____ take a taxi if I want to be on time.
a. must/ have to b. may / must c. should / needn't d. mustn't / shouldn't
11. You ___ forget to pay the rent tomorrow. The landlord is very strict about paying on time.
a. needn't b. mustn't c. do not have to d. may not
12. I am not deaf. You _______ shout.
a. must b. mustn't c. need d. needn’t
13. ____ I borrow your lighter for a minute? - Sure, no problem. Actually, you _______ keep it if you want to.
a. May / can b. Must / might c. Will / should d. Might / needn’t
14. I do not mind at all. You _______ apologize.
a. shouldn't b. needn't c. mustn't d. oughtn't to
15. Ted's flight from Amsterdam took more than 11 hours. He _______ exhausted after such a long flight now.
Page 28 of 117
a. must be b. must be being c. must have been d. should have been
16. The lamp _______ be broken. Maybe the light bulb just burned out.
a. should not b. might not c. must not d. will not
17. It is a top secret. You _______ tell anyone about it.
a. mustn't b. needn't c. mightn't d. won't
18. We have plenty of time for doing the work. We _______ be hurried.
a. needn't b. shouldn't c. mustn't d. mayn't
19. Frank's wallet is lying on the coffee table. He _______ it here last night.
a. must have left b. should have left c. must be leaving d. needn't leave
20. John failed again. He _______ harder.
a. must have tried b. should have tried c. can tried d. may have tried
21. The television isn't working. It _______ during the move.
a. should have been damaged b. needn't be damaged c. must have been damaged d. ought not be damaged
22. She spoke in a low voice, but I _______ what she was saying
a. can understand b. could understand c. were able understand d. could have under stood
23. Robert arrived without his books. He ________ them.
a. could have lost b. would have lost c. should have lost d. will have lost
24. “ where do you think Roony is today?”. “ I have no idea. He _____ late.”
a. should have slept b. would sleep c. would have slept d. may have slept
25.The photos are black. The X-ray at the airport ______ them
a. should have damage b. would have damage c. would damage d. must have damage
26. The children _________ “thank you” to you when you gave them their gifts
a. will have said b. should have saidc. must say d. should say
27. Jean did very badly on the exam. She _________ harder.
a. must have studied b. could have studied c. should have studied d. must studied
28. These two boys are identical. They _________ twins.
a. must have been b. should be c. must be d. should have been
29. Had we known your new address, we _________ to see you.
a. came b. will come c. would have come d. would come
30. My car stopped on the high way. It ______ out of gas.
a. may run b. must be c. may have run d. should have run
31. You have been reading for four hours. This book ___ be very interesting.
A. can B. might C. must D. should
32. Don’t phone Ann now. She ___ be having lunch.
A. might B. can C. must D. has to
33. This road is very narrow. It ___to be widened.
A. might B. needs C. mustn’t D. may
34. My mother permitted me to go out at night. She said, “You ___ go out tonight.”
A. may B. have to C. must D. ought to
35. He advised me to take an English course. I ___ it early.
A. should have taken B. should take C. will have taken D. may take
36. You ___ ring the bell; I have a key.
A. mustn’t B. needn’t C. couldn’t D. shouldn’t
37. The line is busy; someone ___ the telephone now.
A. must be using B. must have used C. must use D. must have been using
38. “Are you still going to Florida for vacation?” “Yes, but I really ___because I don’t have much money.”
A. shouldn’t B. can’t C. mustn’t D. won’t
39. “Did Peter go downtown by car or by train?” “He ___by train because his car was in the mechanics.”
A. must go B. has to go C. had gone D. must have gone
40. “Have you seen Kate?” “No, but she ___ be at her desk.”
A. may B. ought C. would D. can
II. COMPARISON
1. Comparative
N1+ (To be) + short Adj + ER+ than+ N2
N1+ (To be) + MORE + long Adj +than+ N2
Page 29 of 117
He is more intelligent than his brother.
Spain is bigger than England.
2. Superlative
S+ (to be) + THE+ short Adj + EST
S+ (to be) + THE MOST+ long Adj
Helen was the most beautiful woman in Greece.
Tom is the tallest in our class.
3. Equality
N1+ (to be) +AS Adj AS+ N2
I am as intelligent as he.
She is as beautiful as her mother.
NOTES
Irregular Vietnamese
Comparative Superlative
adjectives/adverbs
Good/well better The best
Bad/ badly worse The worst
Many/much more The most
little less The least
Farther The farthest
far
further The furthest
4. Double comparative
1. So sánh lũy tiến (càng ngày càng)
a. Với tính từ ngắn Công thức: Adj + er + and + adj + er
Ví dụ: + The summer is coming. It gets hotter and hotter.
b. Với tính từ dài Công thức: more/less and more/less + adj
Ví dụ: + She is more and more attractive.
c. Với danh từ Công thức: more and more + N
Ví dụ: + There are more and more people moving to big cities to look for jobs.
2. So sánh đồng tiến (càng … càng)
Công thức: the + (so sánh hơn) comparative adj / adv + S + V, the (so sánh hơn) comparative adj / adv + S + V
Ví dụ: + The older he gets, the weaker he is. (Ông ấy càng già càng yếu.)
+ The more difficult the exercise is, the more interesting it is.
Lưu ý: + Trong câu so sánh kép, nếu túc từ là một danh từ thì ta đặt danh từ ấy ngay sau tính từ so sánh.
Ví dụ: + The more English vocabulary we know, the better we speak.
+ Một số tính từ / trạng từ không dùng ở dạng so sánh vì bản thân chúng đã mang tính tuyệt đối:
Complete (hoàn toàn), favorite (yêu thích), ideal (lí tưởng), unique (duy nhất), excellent (xuất sắc), full (đầy),
empty (rỗng), perfect (hoàn hảo), right (đúng), really (thật sự), extreme (cực kì, tột bậc), supreme (thượng hạng),
absolute (tuyệt đối), …
II. Một số công thức khác
1. So sánh gấp nhiều lần: (multiple numbers comparison)
Công thức:
S + V + multiple numbers * + as + much/many/adj /adv + (N) + as + N/pronoun
* Là những số như half/ twice/3,4,5 ... times; Phân số; Phần trăm.
Ví dụ: + She types twice as fast as I do.
+ In many countries in the world with the same job, women only get 40-50% as much as salary as men.
+ At the clambake last week, Fred ate three times as many oysters as Barney.
Lưu ý: Khi dùng loại so sánh này phải xác định rõ đó là danh từ đếm được hay không đếm được vì đằng trước
chúng có much và many.
2. Từ chỉ số lượng dùng trước tính từ so sánh hơn để nhấn mạnh
Công thức: S + V + much/ a lot/ far/ a little/ a bit … + so sánh hơn + than + ….
Ví dụ: + She is much more hard-working than me.
3. Cấu trúc bắt đầu bằng “Of the two”
Công thức: Of the two + N (số nhiều), S + V + the + so sánh hơn
Ví dụ: + One of two sisters, Mary is the prettier.
Page 30 of 117
4. Để tránh lặp lại danh từ trong so sánh hơn, kém, ngang bằng, người ta dùng “that” thay cho danh từ số
ít và “those” thay cho danh từ số nhiều.
Ví dụ: + The population of China is much larger than that of any countries in the world.
+ The prices of Japanese cars are higher than those of Chinese ones.
PRACTICE EXERCISES
1. His new job is--------------- than mine
A. important B. as important C. importanter D. more important
2. Of the four ties, I like the red one---------------
A. well B. best C. better D. gooder
3. Nobody is--------------- than Miss Snow
A. more happy B. happier C. as happy D. the most happy
4. Today Engish is the--------------- of languages
A. most international B. most intonation C. more international D. as international
5. John is much ---------------- than I thought
A strong B. the strongest C. stronger D. more strong
6. Benches are--------------- than arm-chairs
A. comfortable B. the most comfortable C. as comfortable D. more comfortable
7. Bill is --------------- than you thought
A. better B. gooder C. the best D. as good
8. Mr. Bush is the ---------------person I have ever known
A. more delightful B. delightful C. most delightful D. delightfully
9. Disk is the--------------- of the two workers
A. more careful B. most careful C. carefully D. careful
10. Sam’s conduct is ---------------than Paul’s
A. worse B. worst C. badder D. the worst
11. Thank to progress of science, human life is-------------
A. gooder B. better and better C. best D. more gooder
12. Bill is---------- A. lazier B. laziest C. more lazy D. lazier and lazier
13. Then teachers speaks English----------------- than we
A. fluently B. more fluently C. the most fluently D. more fluent
16. These boys are---------------- for employment than my children
A. ill-prepared B. the most ill-prepared C. more ill- prepared D. as ill-prepared
17. The competition makes the price of goods ---------------
A. cheaper and cheaper B. cheap C. the cheapest D. as cheap
18. Charles is -------------- than Tom
A. hard-working B. more hardworking C. as hardworking D. the most hardworking
19. Is this the book --------------- than the one you read last week?
A. interesting B. interestinger C. the most interesting D. more interesting
20. Of the two boys, Harry is the---------------boy
A. most industrious B. more industrious C. industrious D. as industrious
21. People now live .......than before
a. well b. the best C. as well d. better
22.She dances ..........than her sister
A. beautiful B. the most beautiful C. the most beautifully D. more beautifully
23.She thought German was more industrial.....France
a. than B. then C. as D. to
24.HCM city is.....than Ha Noi.
A. more noisy B. noisy C. more noisier D. noisier
25.The bus takes .........than the train
A. longer B. more long C. the longest D. long
26.Melbourne is............than Sydney
A. more hot B. more hotter C. hot D. hotter
27.I speak French............than my sister
A. gooder B. better C. more good D. more well
28. David doesn’t work very hard. I work.......
Page 31 of 117
A. more hard B. more hardly C. hardlier D. harder
29. Are oranges.......than bananas?
A. more expensive B. expensive C. more cheap D. cheap
30.I am two years.............than my brother
A. elder B. more elder C. older D. more old
31. His father works much..........than he does
A. hard B. hardly C. harder D. more hardly
32. Your E is very...........You speak English very......
A. good/good B. good/well C. well/good D. well/well
33. There is no prettier pool ......this one
A. as B. that C. than D. to
34. The south of England is characterized as..............the North
A. flat as B. flat than C. flater than D. flatter than
35. She plays the piano............than I do
A. more beautifully B. quite beautifully C. most beautifully D .as beautifully
III. INVERSION
PHẦN I: Lí THUYẾT
1. Inversions with negative Adverbs:
Never
Never before
Never in one’s life Auxiliary+S+Verb(inf)
Never again
Rarely
Seldom
Little
Hardly ever
Barely Auxiliary+S+Verb(inf)
Scarely ever
Neither
Nor
EG. - Never in mid-summer does it snow.

- Rarely do they
- Hardly ever does he speak in the public
- Nor do I
2. Inversions with NO và NOT
No+ N + auxiliary+S+Verb(inf)
Not any+ N+ auxiliary+ S+ verb(inf)
Eg: No money shall I lend you from now on
= Not any money shall I lend you from now on
3. Inversions with ONLY
- Only with
Only once
only in this way Auxiliary+S+Verb(inf)
only in, on,at + N
only then
only later
Eg: Only once did I meet her

- only after
only when + S +BE/V, Auxiliary+S+Verb(inf)
only if
Page 32 of 117
Eg. Only after he had graduated, did he start looking for a job.
Only after all gest had gone home, could we relax
- Only by + Ving, Auxiliary+S+Verb(inf)
Eg. Only by practising E every day, can you speak it fluently
4. Inversions with some phrases
At no time
On no condition
On no occasion
On no account
Under/ in no circumstances
For no reason + Auxiliary+S+Verb(inf)
In no way
No longer
In Vain.
Not for one moment.
Eg. For no reason will you play traunt
The money is not tobe paid under any circumstances
= Under no circumsstances is the money to be paid
On no condition shall we accept their proposal
5. No sooner.......... than.....
Hardly/ Bearly/ Scarely........ When/ before
Eg. No sooner had I arrived home than the telephone rang
Hardly had she put up her umbrella before the rain becam down in torrents
6. Not only....... but...... also.....
Not only + auxiliary + S + V, but.... also.....
but S+ v/be …….. as well.
……………………too
Eg. Not only is he good at E but he also draws very well
Not only does he sing well but he also plays musical instruments perfectly
Not only do they rob you, they smash everything too
7. Inversions after “SO”
+So+ adj/ adv + auxiliary + S+V+ that clause
Eg. So dark is it that I can't write
So busy am I that I don't have time to look after myself
So difficult was the exam that few students pass it
So attractive is she that many boys run after her
+ so little
So few
So much + Auxiliary+S+Verb(inf)
So many
So + Adj
Eg. So much beer did he drink that he didn’t know the way to home
8. Inversion with” such”
SUCH + be+ N+ clause
Eg. Such was the force of the storm that all the trees were uproofed
9. Inversions after As, Than
- S + V/BE + ……, As + Auxiliary+S+Verb(inf)
Eg. I am very worried about bullying in the school, as are a lot of the parents.
- S + V/BE + the comparative than + Auxiliary+S+Verb(inf)
Eg. The police in this area make more arrests than do officers in other parts of the country.
10. Inversions with: not untill, adverbs of time
Not until/ till+ clause/ adv of time,
Not since + auxiliary+ S+ V(inf)
Eg: I won't come home till 10 o'clock
=Not until/ till o'clock that I will come home = It is not until 10 o'clock that I will come
Page 33 of 117
Ididn't know that I had lost my key till I got home = Not until/ till I got home did I know that I had lost my key
11. Inversions with No where+ Auxiliary+ S+V
Eg. No where in the Việt Nam is the cenery as beautiful as that in my country
No where do I feel as comfortable as I do at home
No where can you buy the goods as good as those in my country
12. Inversions with “here and there”
- Here + Be/ Main V +N
There
Eg. Here comes the bus.
Here are the answers,
There goes the bus.
BUT
Here he comes
There they arrive
**There are some idiomatic expressions with here and there
Here you are = This is for you.
There
Here are you.
Here we are.
There you are.
13. Inversions with Adverb, adverb phrases of place
- Adverb, adverb phrases of place + MainV + N
Eg: Near the end of September came several bad storms
In the door stood her father
In the cave were found skulls of prehistoric men
At the head of our village stands an old pagoda
14. Inversions with prepositions
Down
in
from + Verbs of motion + S
over
up
away …
Eg. Away went the runner
Note Away they went
15. Inversions with conditional sentences
a,Type 1: If clause = should+S+V
Eg. Should she come late she wil miss the train
should he lend me some money I will buy that house,
b,Type 2:If clause= Were S +to V
Were+S +……..
If I were you I would work harder =Were I you........
If I knew her I would invite her to the party = Were I to know her.......
C, Type 3: If clause = Had+S+PII
If my parents hadn't encouraged me, I would have taken pass exam = Had my parents not encouraged me....
16. Inversions with Adjectives and past participle Eg. Gone were the memorable days
17. Inversions with Adverb of Order (first, second) Eg. First came the ambulance

I. Choose the best answer (5 points)
1. Only when he started working with her, ____that she was intelligent.
A he had realized B did he realize C he did realized D he realized
2. ____worked outside the home as nowadays.
A Never so many women have B Never have so many women
C The women are not never D The women who have never
3. No longer____any pleasure to do this job.
Page 34 of 117
A I do have B do I have C do have I D I have
4. John stops smoking.
A John does not smoke no longer B John smokes any longer C No longer does John smoke D Any
longer John smokes
5. Only when you grow up____the truth.
A you will know B will you know C you know D do you know
6. No sooner had he arrived home____he was called out again.
A when B and C than D but
7. ____had the restaurant opened____people were flocking to eat there.
A Hardly… than B No sooner.. that C No sooner.. than D hardly.. that
8. Down____for three days.
A the rain poured B did the rain pour C poured the rain D do the rain pour
9. Out ____the children when the bell rang.
A did the children run B ran the children C run the children D do the children run
10. Such____that he would stop at nothing.
A his ambition was B did his ambition C does his ambition D was his ambition
11. Only once____late to school.
A he came B did he came C came he D did he come
12. He no longer collects stamps as he used to. No longer____
A he collects stamps as he used to B does he collects stamps as he used to
C does he collect stamps as he used to D doesn’t he collect stamps as he used to it.
13. ____, all the matter is formed of molecules.
A It doesn’t matter if the complex B It’s not a complex matter
C No matter how complex it is D How complex is not a matter
14. No more ____to worry about the future sources of energy.
A don’t we have B we don’t have C do we have D we do have
15. Hardly____asleep when the phone woke him up again.
A had the doctor fallen B did the doctor fall C the doctor fell D the doctor has fallen
16. Not until darkness fell____he hadn’t done half of his work.
A that he realized B did he realize C that he didn’t realize D didn’t he realize
17. Seldom____of Nancy Johnson as coloured.
A her classmates thought B thought her classmates
C her classmates did think D did her school classmates think
18. On the hill ____ a big pine tree.
A stands B stand C. does D. standing
19. Not once ____ into her eyes.
A he looked B does he looks C. did he look D. he was looking
20. Not until next year____ take place.
A the new tax change will B will the new tax change C. the new tax changes D. they change the new tax
21. Not until a monkey is several years old ….. …to exhibit signs of independence from its mother.
A. it begins B. does it begin C. and begin D. is it begin
22. ………….. did Jerome accept the job.
A. Only because it was interesting work. B. Because it was an interesting work.
B. Only because it was interested work. D. The work was interesting.
23……….. great was the destruction that the south took decades to recovered.
A. Very B. too C. Such D. So
24…………. …. when the Charges found themselves 7-0 down.
A. Hardly had the games begun B. Hardly the games had begun
C. The games had hardly begun D. Hardly had begun the games
25. Not until the fist land plants developed………………..
A. land animals appeared B. did land animals appear
C. would land animals appear D. the land animals appeared
26. Not until it was too late ………………. I call Susan.
A. I remembered B. did I remember C. did I remembered D. I did remember
27. Never before …………………. Such a wonderful child.
A. I have seen B. I had seen C. I saw D. have I seen
Page 35 of 117
28. Hardly had we settle down in our seats …………….. the lights went out.
A. than B. when C. then D. after
29. Only after checking three times …certain of the answer. Jim promised that never would he tell anyone else.
A. I was B. was I C. were I D. I were
30. Only when he is here, ……………..
A. he speaks English B. does he speak English
C. he can speak English D. he does speak English
31. Never ______ me again.
A. will she love B. she loves C. she won’t love D. she will love
32. Not only ______ but she is also intelligent.
A. she is beautiful B. beautiful she is C. is she beautiful D. beautiful is she
33. No sooner _______ out than it rained.
A. did I go B. I went C. had I gone D. I had gone
34. Seldom ______ the guitar.
A. he plays B. does he play C. he doesn’t play D. he does play
35. Hardly _____ a word when her son came back.
A. couldn’t she say B. she could say C. she couldn’t say D. could she say
36. Often ______ a meeting.
A. do we have B. we do have C. have we D. we have
37. Many a time ______ he wants to marry me.
A. said he B. he said C. has he said D. he has said
38. Only at weekend _____ my kids to Water Park.
A. I don’t take B. do I take C. I take D. I do take
39. So old _____ that she couldn’t dance.
A. she wasn’t B. she was C. wasn’t she D. was she
40. ______ here yesterday, you would have met me.
A. Were you B. You were C. Had you been D. You had been
TUẦN 4: - Tag Question

- Adverbial clauses
- Adjective order in sentence
I. TAG QUESTION
1.CÁCH THÀNH LẬP
1.Câu hỏi đuôi gồm có: chủ ngữ (phải là đại từ nhân xưng) và trợ động từ hay động từ đặc biệt.
Nếu câu phát biểu ở thể khẳng định thì câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định và ngược lại.
Nếu câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định thì phải dùng hình thức tĩnh lược (contractive form).
Mệnh đề chính (statement) Phần đuôi (tag question)
Positive (She‘s a doctor,) Negative (isn’t she?)
Negative (You haven’t seen this film,) Positive (have you?)
+ Công thức chung: S + V + O, trợ động từ + đại từ?

Eg:
STATEMENTS QUESTION-TAGS
He is a good boy, isn’t he?
The girl didn’t come here did she?
yesterday, won’t they?
They will go away, has she?
She hasn’t left,
2. ĐẶC BIỆT:
1. Phần đuôi của “ I am” là “ aren’t I “ . Eg: I’m going to do it again, aren’t I?
1. Imperatives and Requests ( Câu mệnh lệnh và câu yêu cầu):
Page 36 of 117
+ Có phần đuôi là “won’t you?” khi câu phát biểu diễn tả lời mời:
Eg: Take your seat, won’t you? (Mời ông ngồi)
+ Có phần đuôi là “will you?” khi câu phát biểu diễn tả lời yêu cầu hoặc mệnh lệnh phủ định.
Eg: Open the door, will you? ( Xin vui lòng mở cửa)
Don’t be late, will you? (Đừng đi trễ nha.)
Phần đuôi của câu bắt đầu bằng “ Let’s …” : là “shall we ?” Eg: Let’s go swimming, shall we?
Anything, something, everything được thay là thế bằng “ It” ở câu hỏi đuôi:
Eg : Everything will be all right, won’t it?
No one, Nobody, anyone, anybody, someone, somebody, everybody, everyone được thay thế bằng “They” trong
câu hỏi đuôi.
Eg: Someone remembered to leave the messages, didn’t they?
Lưu ý: Nothing, Nobody, No one được dùng trong mệnh đề chính, động từ ở câu hỏi đuôi sẽ phải ở dạng thức
khẳng định. (Vì Nothing, Nobody, No one có nghĩa phủ định)
Eg: Nothing gives you more pleasure than listening to music, does it ?
1. This/ That được thay thế là “It”. Eg: This won’t take long, will it?
2. These/ Those được thay thế là “They”. Eg: Those are nice, aren’t they?
3. Khi trong câu nói có từ phủ định như: seldom, rarely, hardly, no, without, never, few, little… phần đuôi
phải ở dạng khẳng định.
Eg: He seldom goes to the movies, does he?
Nếu câu phát biểu có dạng : You ‘d better → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là : hadn’t you ?
You’d rather → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là : wouldn’t you ?
You used to → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là : didn’t you ?
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
A. Finish these sentences by adding a tag question with the correct form of the verbs and the subject pronoun.
1. You’re going to school tomorrow, ____________?
2. Gary signed the petition, ___________________?
3. There’s an exam tomorrow, _________________?
4. Beverly will be attending the university in September, ____________?
5. She’s been studying English foe two years, ___________________?
6. It doesn’t work, _______________?
7. He should stay in bed, _______________?
8. Let’s go fishing, ____________?
9. Jill and Joe have been to Mexico, _______________?
10. You and I talked to the professor yesterday, ___________________?
11. You will stay in touch, ____________?
12. After the couple of the years the heat gets too much, ____________?
13. You didn’t know I was an artist, _________________?
14. It is quite warm, ____________?
15. That hardly counts, ______________?
16. Oh, he wants us to make films as well, ____________________?
17. I’ll tell you roughly, _____________?
18. You rarely see that sort of thing these days, ____________?
19. Women are very seldom convicted, ___________________?
20. Nobody knows the answer, _________________?
B. Finish these sentences by adding a tag question with the correct form of the verbs and the subject pronoun.
1. You don't know where Ann is, …………..?
2. They haven't seen this film, ……………..?
3. You wouldn't tell anyone about it, ……………?
4. He'd never seen you before,……………….?
5. Let's go out for a walk, …………………..?
6. This is your book,………………?
7. I am supposed to be here, ………….?
8. There is a meeting tonight, ……………………?
9. Tom won't be here late, ………………………………?
10. You 're tired,……………………….?
Page 37 of 117
11. You haven't lived here long, ………………?
12. You came in a sports car, ………………………?
13. These cakes look good, ………………………?
14. You can speak German, …………………..?
15. You coundn't do me a favour, ……………….?
C. Choose the correct answer (A, B, C, or D).
1. We should call Rita, _______________?
A. should we B. shouldn’t we C. shall we D. should not we
2. Monkeys can’t sing, ______________?
A. can they B. can it C. can’t they D. can’t it
3. These books aren’t yours, ____________?
A. are these B. aren’t these C. are they D. aren’t they
4. That’s Bod’s, ____________?
A. is that B. isn’t it C. isn’t that D. is it
5. No one died in the accident, ______________?
A. did they B. didn’t they C. did he D. didn’t he
6. The air-hostess knows the time she has been here, ______________?
A. does she B. isn’t it C. doesn’t she D. did she
7. This is the second time she’s been here, ______________?
A. isn’t this B. isn’t it C. has she D. hasn’t she
8. They must do as they are told, ________________?
A. mustn’t they B. must they C. are they D. aren’t they
9. He hardly has anything nowadays, _________________?
A. hasn’t she B. has he C. doesn’t he D. does she
10. You’ve never been in Italy, _________________?
A. have you B. haven’t you C. been you D. had you
11. Sally turned her report, ________________?
A. didn’t she B. did she C. hadn’t she D. didn’t she
14. You have a ticket to the game, _______________?
A. have you B. don’t you C. haven’t you D. do you
15. Tom knows Alice, _____________?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he D. isn’t he
16. Come into the kitchen, _____________?
A. do you B. will you C. won’t you D. B and C
17. Everybody likes beauty, ___________________?
A. doesn’t he B. do they C. don’t they D. does he
18. Peter never comes to class late, ________________?
A. doesn’t he B. doesn’t Peter C. does he D. does Peter
19. I’m going to see my grandparents in HCM City next week, _______________?
A. aren’t I B. am I not C. are you D. A and B
20. Your baby is very lovely, ______________?
A. is he B. isn’t he C. is it D. isn’t it
D. Choose the underlined part among A, B, C or D that needs correcting.
1. It has been a long time since we talked to John, isn’t it?
A B C D
2. There’s a new Orient restaurant in town, isn’t it?
A B C D
3. They hardly never go to the beach because of their sickness, do they?
A B C D
4. Nobody had bothered to plant new ones, do they?
A B C D
5. You won’t be leaving for another hour, won’t you?
A B C D
6. They enjoy watching soccer on television, do they?
A B C D
7. David and Peter love football but their classmates don’t, do they?
Page 38 of 117
A B C D
8. I’ll help you with your homework, shan’t I?
A B C D
9. There are ten children playing in the yard near her house, aren’t they?
A B C D
10. Smoking isn’t good for our health, so it should be banned, is he?
A B C D
II. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES

A. Định nghĩa
Mệnh đề trạng ngữ là 1 mệnh đề phụ (là những mệnh đề không diễn tả được một ý trọn vẹn, nó thường đi kèm
với 1 mệnh đề khác, bổ nghĩa cho mệnh đề đó), nó được sử dụng với chức năng như 1 trạng từ. Vì vậy, nó có
thể được dùng để bổ nghĩa cho 1 động từ, 1 tính từ, hoặc 1 trạng từ khác.
B. Phân loại
1. Adverbial clause of time Mệnh đề chỉ thời gian thường được bắt đầu bởi các từ:
Once (Một khi) When (Khi) As soon as (Ngay sau khi)
While (Khi/Trong khi) By the time (Tính cho tới lúc) As (Khi)
Since (Từ khi) Before (Trước khi) Till/Until (Cho tới khi)
During + N/V-ing (Trong suốt) Just as (Ngay khi) Whenever (Bất cứ khi nào)
No sooner …. than …. (Vừa Hardly/Scarcely … when …. (Vừa
After (Sau khi)
mới…. thì đã…) mới …thì đã…)
Ví dụ: I have studied English since I was 10 years old. (Tôi học tiếng Anh từ khi tôi 10 tuổi).
I will go to bed as soon as he leaves. (Tôi sẽ đi ngủ ngay sau khi anh ấy rời đi).
Lưu ý:
Trong mệnh đề có các từ when, as, while đôi khi có sự khác nhau giữa thì của động từ, nhưng mệnh đề
trạng ngữ không bao giờ chia ở thì tương lai. Nếu mệnh đề chính ở thì tương lai thì mệnh đề trạng ngữ ở
thì hiện tại thường.
2. Adverbial clause of place Các mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ nơi chốn thường bắt đầu bởi các từ:
 Where: Ở đâu Anywhere: Bất cứ đâu Wherever: Bất cứ đâu Everywhere: Tất cả mọi nơi
Ví dụ: You can travel wherever you like. (Bạn có thể đi du lịch bất cứ đâu bạn thích).
3. Adverbial clause of manner Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ cách thức: đi với các từ:
 As/ just as: như là/ giống như là
Ví dụ: I love dog just as they are my friends. (Tôi yêu chó như thể chúng là những người bạn).
 As if/as though: như thể là
+ Điều kiện có thật: As if/ As though + S + V (hiện tại)

Ví dụ: It looks as if/ as though it is going to rain. (Trông như thể là trời sắp mưa.)
+ Điều kiện không có thật ở hiện tại: As if/ As though + S + Were/V (quá khứ)
Ví dụ: She dresses as if/ as though it were cold even in the summer. (Anh ta mặc cứ như là lạnh lắm mặc dù
đang là mùa hè.)
+ Điều kiện không có thật ở quá khứ: As if/ As though + S + had + V3/ed
Ví dụ: He looked as if/ as though he had lost the money. (Anh ta nhìn cứ như thể là anh ta mất tiền.)
4. Adverbial clause of causes

S1 + V1 + because/ since/ as/…. S2 + V2 Hoặc Because/ as/ since/… S1 + V1, S2 + V2
Những từ dùng để chỉ nguyên nhân:
 Because/ since/ as: vì
 Now that/ in that/ seeing that: vì rằng
 For: vì
 Because of = on account of + NP/ V-ing, = due to + the fact
(On account of the fact that/ because of the fact that/ due to the fact that: vì sự thật là/ vì thực tế là)
Page 39 of 117
Ví dụ: Because it was raining heavily, I couldn’t go to school. (Bởi vì trời mưa lớn, nên tôi không thể đi học được)
5. Adverbial clause of result

 Cấu trúc 1: quá … đến nỗi mà
S + be/V + so + Adj/ adv + that + S + V
Hoặc S + be/V + so + many/ much/ (a) few/ (a) little + N + that + S + V
Ví dụ: She is so beautiful that no one can be as beautiful. (Cô ấy đẹp đến nỗi không ai đẹp bằng).
There are so many people in the room that there are not enough chairs (Có nhiều người trong phòng đến nỗi
không có đủ ghế ngồi).
 Cấu trúc 2: quá … đến nỗi mà
S + V + such + (a/an) + Adj + N + that + S + V Hoặc S + V + so + Adj + a/an + N + that + S + V
Ví dụ: It was such a hot day that I just want to stay at home.
It was so hot a day that I just want to stay at home. (Trời nóng đến nỗi tôi chỉ muốn ở nhà).
 Cấu trúc 3: vì vậy
Therefore/Consequently/As a result/As a consequence (vì vậy), + S + V, S + V
Hoặc S + V; Therefore/Consequently/As a result/As a consequence, S + V
Ví dụ: I got up late, therefore, I missed the bus. (Tôi thức dậy muộn, vì vậy nên tôi đã bị lỡ chuyến xe buýt).
Lưu ý: Với các trạng từ chỉ kết quả ‘Therefore/Consequently/As a result/ As a consequence’, ta dùng giữa
dấu chấm phẩy (;) và dấu phẩy (,) hoặc đứng đầu câu rồi dùng dấy phẩy (,).
 So: vì vậy SV1, so + SV2

I do not have any money, so I cannot buy a television. (Tôi không có tiền vì vậy tôi không thể mua được một cái
ti vi.)
6. Adverbial clauses of purpose
 Trường hợp 2 vế của câu đồng chủ ngữ (tức là chỉ có 1 chủ ngữ):
S + V + in order (not) to/ so as (not) to / to + V
Ví dụ: I try my best I in order to pass the exam. (Tôi đã cố hết sức để vượt qua kì thi).
 Trường hợp không đồng chủ ngữ (tức là 2 vế có 2 chủ ngữ khác nhau):
S1 + V1 + so that | in order that/ in case/ for fear that + S2 + will/would | can/could + V.inf
Ví dụ: He works hard so that his family can buy new house. (Anh ấy làm việc chăm chỉ để gia đình anh ấy có
thể mua nhà mới).
7. Adverb clause of concession

 Cấu trúc 1: Mặc dù …. nhưng
S + V + … + in spite of/despite…+ N/V-ing Hoặc In spite of/Despite + N/V-ing, S + V
Ví dụ: In spite of raining, she goes to school. = She goes to school despite raining. (Mặc dù trời mưa, cô ấy
vẫn đến trường).
 Cấu trúc 2: Mặc dù … nhưng
Although/though/ even though/ In spite of the fact that … + S1 + V1, S2 + V2
Hoặc Adj/Adv + though / as + S1 + V1, S2 + V2
Ví dụ: Although it very expensive, Jane decide to buy it. = Expensive though it is, Jane decide to buy it.
(Mặc dù nó rất đắt, Jane vẫn quyết định mua nó).
 Cấu trúc 3: Mặc dù, bất kể
No matter + what/ who/ when/ where/ why/ how (+adj/ adv) + S + V
Whatever/ whoever/ whenever/ wherever/ however + S + V
Ví dụ: No matter where you go, I will follow you (Bất kể bạn đi đâu, tôi sẽ đi theo ban).
NOTES
- While/Whereas/Meanwhile: trong khi đó (chỉ sự đối chiếu, tương phản)
Eg: Many people like pork, while/whereas others do not. (Có rất nhiều người thích thịt lợn trong khi nhiều
người lại không.)
- Nevertheless/Nonetheless: trong khi đó/ tuy nhiên
Eg: He doesn’t like her, nevertheless he decided to marry her. (Anh ta không thích cô ấy, tuy nhiên anh ta
vẫn quyết định kết hôn với cô.)
8. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự so sánh
9. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ điểu kiện
10. Mệnh đề quan hệ
Page 40 of 117
C. Bài tập thực hành
EX1:
21. After Jessica_____ her agree, she intends to work in her father's company.
a. will finish b. will have finished c. finishes d. is finishing
22. By the time I go to bed tonight, I _____ my work for the day.
a. will finish b. have finished c. will have finished d. finish
23. When my parents_____ for a visit tomorrow, they will see our new baby of the first time.
a. will arrive b. arrived c. will have arrived d. arrived
24. Fatemah looked down to discover a snake at her feet. When she saw it, she_____
a. was screaming b. had screamed c. screamed d. screams
25. By the time Alfonso finally graduated from high school, he_____ seven different schools because his parents
moved frequently.
a. attended b. was attending c. had attended d. had been attending
26. Until you learn to relax more, you_____ your ability to speak English.
a. haven't improved b. aren't improving c. don't improve d. won't improve
27. I borrowed four books on gardening the last time I _____ to the library.
a. go b. went c. had gone d. have gone
28. Before I stated the car, all of the passengers_____ their seat belts.
a. will buckle b. had buckled c. buckle d. have buckled
29. It seems that whenever I travel abroad I _____ to take something need.
a. for got b. am forgetting c. forget d. had forgotten
30. When I see the doctor this afternoon, I _____ him to look at my throat.
a. will ask b. asked c. will have asked d. ask
31. After ancient Greek athletes won a race in the Olympics, they_____ a simple crown of olive leaves.
a. received b. had received c. were receiving d. have received
32. After the race_____, the celebration began.
a. had been won b. is won c. will be won d. has been won
33. I'll return Bod's pen to him next time I _____ him.
a. see b. will see c. will have seen d. have seen
34. I_____ all of the questions correctly since I began this grammar exercise on verb tenses.
a. am answering b. answer c. have answered d. answered
35. A small stone struck the windshield while we _____ down the gravel road.
a. drive b. were driving c. had driven d. had been driving
36. As soon as Martina saw the fire, she_____ the fire department.
a. was telephoning b. telephoned c. had telephoned d. telephones.
37. Before Jennifer won the lottery, she_____ any kind of contest.
a. hasn't entered b. didn't enter c. wasn't entering d. hadn't entered
38. Every time Prakash sees a movie made in India, he_____ homesick.
a. will have felt b. felt c. feels d. is feeling
39. Since I left Venezuela six years ago, I_____ to visit friends and family several times.
a. return b. will have returned c. am returning d. have returned
40. While he was washing his new car, Mr. de Rosa_____ a small dent in the rear fender
a. has discovered b. was discovering c. is discovering d. discovered
EX2:
1. __________ he always did well on his English tests, his parents were not surprised that he got an B level.
A. When B. Since C. Because of D. Although
2. He doesn't understand __________ he doesn't speak French very well.
A. whenever B. so that C. because D. before
3. She is looking for a new job__________ she is tired of doing a routine job day after day.
A. since B. as C. because D. all are correct
4. I haven't seen Tom__________ he gave me this book.
A. since B. for C. until D. before
5. __________ he has a headache, he has to take an aspirin.
A. How B. Because C. Where D. Although
6. Our visit to Japan was delayed__________ my wife's illness.
A. because B. because of C. thanks to D. though
Page 41 of 117
7. The flight had to be delayed__________ the bad weather.
A. because B. due to C. because of D. B and C are correct
8. I couldn't unlock it__________ I had the wrong key.
A. because B. so that C. since D. so
9. He hasn't written to us__________ he left.
A. as long as B. since C. by the time D. as soon as
10. I made a mistake__________ I was tired.
A. though B. so that C. because D. if
11. You need good shoes to go hiking in the mountains__________ the ground is rough and hard.
A. because B. so that C. before D. even though
12. __________ he is tired, he can't work longer.
A. Because B. Even though C. Although D. Besides
13. __________ he wasn't ready in time, we went without him.
A. When B. Moreover C. As D. So
14. Is that all__________ would you like something else?
A. Because B. Since C. As D. All are correct
15. You will have to pay higher insurance__________ you buy a sports car.
A. if B. although C. so that D. before
16. I haven’t been climbing__________ I broke my leg last summer.
A. although B. since C. so that D. before
17. He went to bed __________he was sleepy.
A. because B. so that C. because of D. although
18. ___________ the storm warnings, we didn’t go out last night.
A. Because B. Because of C. Although D. In spite of
20. It was difficult to deliver the letter____________ the sender had written the wrong address on the envelop.
A. because B. despite C. though D. because of
III. ADJECTIVE ORDER IN SENTENCE

I. Quy tắc:
Khi dùng hai tính từ trở lên để miêu tả cho một danh từ, nếu các tính từ cùng loại thì ta phân cách chúng bằng
dấu phẩy, còn nếu khác loại thì ta xếp chúng cạnh nhau. Trật tự các tính từ được quy định theo thứ tự sau:
OSASCOMP
Opinion – Size – Age – Shape – Color – Origin – Material – Purpose
Trong đó:
1. Từ nhận xét (Opinion): useful (hữu ích), beautiful (đẹp), interesting (thú vị), lovely (đáng yêu), delicious
(ngon miệng), handsome (đẹp trai), glorious (lộng lẫy), luxurious (sang trọng)
2. Kích cỡ (Size): big (to), small (nhỏ), large (lớn), huge (khổng lồ), tiny (bé xíu)
3. Tuổi thọ (Age): old (già,cũ), young (trẻ), new (mới), brand-new (mới tanh), ancient (cổ đại), modern (hiện
đại), …
4. Hình dáng (Shape): long (dài), short (ngắn), round (tròn), triangle (tam giác), cubic (hình hộp), heart-shaped
(hình trái tim), flat (bằng phẳng), square (hình vuông), …
5. Màu sắc (Color): black (đen), red (đỏ), white (trắng), blue (xanh), yellow (vàng), cream (màu kem), violet
(tím), navy blue (xanh hải quân), magenta (đỏ thẫm), brick red (đỏ gạch), emerald (xanh ngọc), jet black (đen
nhánh),…
6. Nguồn gốc (Origin): Vietnamese, English, Idian, Thai, German, American,..
7. Chất liệu (Material): Silk (lụa), gold (vàng), sliver (bạc), wooden (gỗ), metal (kim loại), plastic (nhựa),
leather (da), glass (thủy tinh), concrete (bê tông), ivory (ngà) …
8. Mục đích (Purpose): sitting, sleeping, wedding, waiting …
Ví dụ: A beautiful old Indian lamp ( Một chiếc đèn Ấn Độ cổ tuyệt đẹp)
A luxurious big new Japanese car (Một chiếc ô tô Nhật Bản to mới màu đỏ sang trọng)
II. Bài tập áp dụng:

Exercise 1: Sắp xếp theo đúng trật tự tính từ
1. My sister lives in a (new/nice/wooden/black) house.
2. We are happy today because today is a (memorable/training/long) day.
3. My colleague has a (white/Korean/small/old) car.
Page 42 of 117
4. My friend and I often go home on (shopping/ new/narrow/crowded) street.
5. Mrs. Navy likes wearing a (red/long/lovely/cotton) dress on special occasions.
6. The flower girl wore a (silk/pretty/ white) dress at the wedding ceremony last night.
7. She has (blue/ big/ glassy) eyes, so she is really different from others.
8. The little boy is wearing a (nice/ old/ blue/ big) pullover.
9. My grandparents live in a (magnificent/ two-storey/ spacious/ old) house during their lifetime.
10. My mother often wears a pair of (small/ comfortable/black/ leather /Chinese) gloves when she washes the
dishes.
11. Mikes loves watching (old/ American/successful) films in his free time.
12. She has a (pretty/white/oval) face, so she is quite beautiful.
13. In the kitchen is a (round/large/ wooden/ beautiful) table.
14. My friend bought a (brown/ nice/ leather/ Chanel) belt from a shop on Tran Phu street.
15. Mrs. Annie looks so graceful because she has (black/long / beautiful) hair.
16. Her father spent money on (interesting/ Vietnamese/ oil/ old) paintings.
17. We bought some (German/ lovely/old) glasses.
18. My teacher is a (Japanese/ tall/ kind/ middle-aged) man, so a lot of students love him.
19. We usually throw trash into (plastic/ black/ small/ convenient) bags.
20. My father wore a (cotton/ white/ new/collarless) shirt to my cousin's wedding.
Exercise 2: Chọn phương án đúng
1. They take their ……. children to the park every day.
A. lovely African small young B. African small young lovely C. small young lovely African D. young
lovely African small
2. At first sight I met her. I was impressed with her …….
A. big beautiful round black eyes B. beautiful black big round eyes
C. beautiful big round black eyes D. beautiful round big black eyes
3. This is a picture of a …..bus.
A. red bright London B. bright red London C. London bright red D. London red bright
4. Lara goes to a … temple every week.
A. great big ancient Buddhist B. Buddhist great big ancient
C. ancient great big Buddhist D. big great ancient Buddhist
5. There are some …. pictures in this newspaper.
A. white interesting computer-generated new B. computer-generated white interesting new
C. interesting new white computer-generated D. new interesting computer-generated white
6. She is doing extremely well in her ….. graduate course.
A. intensive one-year English B. one-year English intensive
C. intensive English one-year D. English intensive one-year
7. During the winter I like having a ….. house.
A. pretty small red wooden B. wooden pretty small red C. small pretty red wooden D. red wooden pretty small
8. I would like to have …. sport shoes to run in the park.
A. grey medium leather comfortable B. comfortable medium grey leather
C. comfortable leather grey medium D. medium leather comfortable grey
9. They say he’s a …… student for his age.
A. tall mature brilliant B. mature brilliant tall C. brilliant tall mature D. tall brilliant mature
10. The speaker is a ….. professor.
A. old short Spanish kind B. kind short old Spanish C. Spanish kind old short
D. kind Spanish short old
11. My sister lives in a …… apartment.
A. nice wooden new B. new nice wooden C. nice new wooden D. wooden nice new
12. My cousin bought a …. bowl.
A. blue ancient lovely small B. lovely blue small ancient
C. small blue ancient lovely D. lovely small ancient blue
13. They cook a …. meal for their children.
A. delicious big traditional Vietnamese B. Vietnamese delicious big traditional
C. traditional delicious big Vietnamese D. big delicious traditional Vietnamese
14. They are trying to build a …. house.
A. four-bedroom elegant modern Italian B. modern elegant four-bedroom Italian
Page 43 of 117
C. Italian elegant four-bedroom modern D. elegant four-bedroom modern Italian
15. His brother presented her a …. clock.
A. oval nice Japanese digital B. nice oval digital Japanese
C. digital oval Japanese nice D. digital Japanese oval nice
16. The old man owns a …. coffee table.
A. French beautiful round old B. beautiful French old round
C. old round beautiful French D. beautiful round old French
17. My father has a … box.
A. old small black Turkish B. small old Turkish black
C. small old black Turkish D. small Turkish old black
18. Jack’s father bought him a(n) …… bike as a birthday gift.
A. blue Japanese expensive B. expensive Japanese blue
C. Japanese expensive blue D. expensive blue Japanese
19. She is not creating ….. paintings.
A. interesting Vietnamese new square B. square Vietnamese new interesting
C. Vietnamese interesting square new D. interesting new square Vietnamese
20. My mother would like to buy a …. bag.
A. big plastic blue Russian B. big Russian blue plastic
C. big blue Russian plastic D. Russian plastic big blue
TUẦN 5: - PREPOSITIONS
- PHONETICS
- PHRASAL VERBS
I. PREPOSITIONS
A. Definition
Giới từ là từ hay cụm từ thường được dùng trước danh từ hay đại từ để chỉ mối liên hệ giữa các từ này với các
thành phần khác trong câu.
B. Kinds of prepositions
a. PREPOSITIONS OF TIME: (Giới từ chỉ thời gian)
 On
On Sunday (morning) / 25th April / New Year’s Day …
On holiday / business / duty / a trip / an excursion / fire / sale / a diet…
 In
In April / 1980
In summer / spring / autumn / winter
In five minutes / a few days / two years
In the morning / afternoon / evening
 At
At 8 o’clock / the weekend / night / Christmas
At the end of... / at the age of
 From... to...
From 1977 to 1985
 Since
Since 1985 / Monday / 2 o’clock
 For
For three days / a long time / one hour.
b. PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE: (Giới từ chỉ nơi chốn, địa điểm)
 On
On a table / a wall / a bus / a train / a plane / the floor / a horse / television / the radio / the telephone
 In
In a garden / a park / a town / the water / my office / hospital / a car
In the middle of...
 At
At home / work / school / university / the station / the airport / a concert / a party / a football match
At 10 Pasteur Street
Page 44 of 117
 By
By car / bus / plane (on foot)
By accident / chance: tỡnh cờ, ngẫu nhiờn
 For
For a walk / a swim / a drink
For breakfast / lunch / dinner
(*) SOME OTHER PREPOSITIONS:

- From : từ … Ex: I am from Vietnam, I get the book from the man
- From … to … : từ … đến. Ex: From 4 o’clock to 6 o’clock; from my house to school
- Next to = near : ở cạnh Ex: I live near her house
- Behind : ở phớa sau Ex: the shop is behind the postoffice
- In front of : ở trước Ex: my house is in front of the school
- On : ở trờn Ex:the book is on the table
- Under : ở dưới Ex: the pen is under the book
- In the middle of : ở giữa. Ex:the tree is in the middle of the yard
- In : ở trong Ex: he is in the room
- Out : ở ngoài Ex: he is out of the room
- Opposite : đối diện Ex: my house is opposite the shop
c. VERB + NOUN + PREP: (Động từ + danh từ + giới từ)

- give way to : nhượng bộ, chịu thua - catch sight of : thoáng thấy
- give place to : nhường chỗ cho - keep pace with : theo kịp
- lose sight of : mất hút, không nhìn thấy nữa - pay attention to : chú ý đến
- lose track of : mất dấu vết - put a stop to : put an end to: chấm dứt
- lose touch with: mất liên lạc với - set fire to: burn : phóng hỏa
- make allowance for: xét đến, chiếu cố - take advantage of : lợi dụng
- make use of : dùng, tận dụng - take care of : chăm sóc
- make fun of : chọc ghẹo, chế nhạo - take account of : quan tâm tới, lưu ý tới
- make room for: dọn chỗ cho - take note of : lưu ý đến
- make a fuss over / about: làm om xòm về - take notice of : chú ý thấy, nhận thấy
d. VERB + PREP: (Động từ + giới từ)
1. VERB + TO 2. VERB + FOR 3. VERB + ABOUT
- apologize to sb for sth - apply for - care about
- belong to - care for - dream about sb / sth
- complain to sb about sb / sth - pay for - think about
- happen to - look for - hear about: be told about
- introduce to - wait for - warn... about
- listen to - blame... for
- speak / talk to sb - leave... for
- write to - search... for
- prefer... to... - ask... for
- explain... to...
- invite... to...
4. VERB + ON 5. VERB + OF 6. VERB + AT
- concentrate on / focus on - consist of - laugh at / smile at
- depend on / rely on - die of - shout at
- live on - take care of - look at / stare at / glance at
- congratulate... on - accuse... of - point at / aim at
- spend... on - remind... of
7. VERB + IN 8. VERB + WITH 9. VERB + FROM
- succeed in - provide... with - suffer... from / borrow... from
- arrive in / at - charge... with - save / protect / prevent... from
e. ADJECTIVE + PREP: (Tớnh từ + giới từ)
1. ADJ + TO 2. ADJ + FOR 3. ADJ + ABOUT
- accustomed to - available for - angry about
Page 45 of 117
- addicted to - responsible for - anxious about
- harmful to - famous for - worried about
- similar to / agreeable to - late for - excited about
- good / nice / kind / polite / rude /…. to sb
- important to
4. ADJ + ON 5. ADJ + OF 6. ADJ + AT
- keen on - afraid of / full of - surprised at
- dependent on - aware of / tired of - quick at
- ashamed of - bad / good at
- capable of - brilliant at
7. ADJ + IN 8. ADJ + WITH 9. ADJ + FROM
- confident in - equipped with - different from
- successful in - bored with - absent from
- interested in - busy with - safe from
- rich in - acquainted with
PHẦN II: BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG Choose the correct prepositions.
1. She was very surprised __________ the grade she received.
A. at B on C. of D. about
2. Tom’s grandfather died __________ 1977 __________ the age of 79.
A. for/at B. on/in C. at/in D. in/at
3. Jane doesn't spend much money __________ clothes.
A. over B. about C. at D. on
4. She always takes good care __________ her children.
A. for B. in C. of D. with
5. There are usually a lot of parties__________ New Year’s Eve.
A. in B for C. on D. with
6. Mr. Smith is not accustomed ________ hot weather.
A. to B. at C. for D. in
7. Tom has to try hard to keep pace __________ his classmates.
A. to B. with C. at D. for
8. The librarian advised us to take full advantage__________ all the facilities available.
A. of B. at C. for D. about
9. Don't make fun __________ that disabled boy.
A. upon B. in C. to D. of
10. Did you know that Linda is engaged __________ a friend of mine?
A. to B. at C. for D. towards
11. She stood there, saying nothing until she lost sight __________the plane.
A. to B. of C. inside D. about
12. The Vietnamese participants always take part ______sports events with great enthusiasm.
13. He isn’t independent _____ any means. He depends _____ his father _____ everything.
A. by/ on/ in B. for/ on/ in C. of/ in/ for D. on/ in/ with
14. He may be quick _____ understanding but he isn’t capable _____ remembering anything.
A. in/ of B. on/ at C. at/ of D. of/ at
15. Mum is always busy __________ her work in the laboratory.
A. with B. at C. in D. of
16 Lan will stay there _____ the beginning in September _____ November.
A. from/ to B. till/ to C. from/ in D. till/ of
17. I would like to apply _____ the position of sales clerk that you advised in the Sunday newspaper.
A. for B. to C. with D. in
18. I have been looking _____ this book for months, and at last, I have found it.
A. over B. up C. for D. at
19. My sister is very keen _____ eating chocolate candy.
A. on B. with C. about D. at
20. Who’s going to look _____ the children while you’re away?
Page 46 of 117
A. at B. up C. after D. over
21. I’m not going out yet. I’m waiting __________the rain to stop.
A. for B. away C. from D. up
22. Sorry I haven’t written __________ you for such a long time.
A. into B. to C. for D. round
23. Who was that man I saw you talking __________in the pub?
A. up B. back C. from D. to
24. What happened __________the gold watch you used to have?
A. with B. against C. for D. to
25. I look stupid with this haircut. Everyone will laugh __________me.
A. in B. at C. into D. away
26. George’s salary is very low. It isn’t enough to live __________
A. about B. round C. on D. down
27. I’ve lost my keys. Can you help me look __________them?
A. up B. after C. for D. into
28. I believe __________saying what I think.
A. on B. in C. with D. for
29. When I realized I was wrong, I apologized to him __________my mistake.
A. at B. for C. up D. before
30. Would you care _________a cup of coffee?
A. for B. about C. of D. with
31. When I heard he had passed his examination, I phoned him to congratulate him ____his success.
A. back B. over C. on D. with
32. Three students were accused _________cheating in the examination.
A. on B. off C. with D. of
33. We had an enormous meal. It consisted_________seven courses.
A. off B. of C. in D. up
34. I’m really satisfied _________. what I have.
A. with B. along C. back D. out
35. I feel sorry __________ Bob. He has no friends and no money.
A. with B. about C. for D. by
36. I’m sorry __________the noise last night. We’re having a party.
A. with B. about C. for D. by
37. I wasn’t very impressed __________the film.
A. back B. up C. by D. through
38. I’m sure you are capable __________passing the examination.
A. round B. along C. among D. of
39. Are you interested __________art and architecture.
A. from B. for C. up D. in
40. Mary is very fond __________animals. She has three cats and two dogs.
A. about B. since C. of D. between
41. We are grateful ________ our teacher
A. with B. about C. to D. out
42. I’m a bit short __________money. Can you lend me some?
A. at B. over C. of D. down
43. I was amazed __________her knowledge of French Literature.
A. by B. about C. of D. off
44. He is excellent __________playing the flute.
A. at B. over C. to D. behind
45. Why are you always so jealous __________other people?
A. on B. of C. in D. below
46. He was proud __________himself for not giving up.
A. of B. during C. after D. under
47. Are you excited __________going on holiday next week?
A. into B. about C. above D. over
48. You get fed up __________doing the same thing every day.
Page 47 of 117
A. between B. up C. against D. with
49. I’m really satisfied _________what I have.
A. with B. along C. back D. out
50. It’s silly _________you to go out without a coat. You’ll catch cold.
A. to B. of C. since D. by
II. PHONETICS
CHƯƠNG 1: PRONUNCIATION
Phần 1: NGUYÊN ÂM
A. Giới thiệu về nguyên âm (The vowel sounds):
* 20 vowels in the English language:
- The 12 pure vowels: /i - i:/, /e - æ/, /Ɔ - Ɔ:/, / - a:/, /u- u:/, /ә - ɜː/.
- The 8 diphthongs: /ei - ai - Ɔi/, /au - әu/, /iә - eә - uә /
* Triphthongs and other vowel sequences:
/aiә /: fire, hire, tyre, buyer, wire, flyer, iron,…
/әuә /: slower, lower, grower, sower, mower,…
/auә /: flower, power, tower, shower, sour, flour,…
/eiә /: greyer, player, layer, payer, prayer,…
/Ɔiә /: employer, destroyer, royal, loyal, annoyance,…
B. Nguyên âm đơn và cách phát âm của 5 chữ cái (A, E, I, O, U).
I. Chữ A có 7 âm đơn sau:
1. Âm /e/ trong những tiếng đặc biệt sau:  many, any, anybody, anything, area...
2. Âm / æ / trong nhóm sau:  a-: bad, bat, cat, dad, fan, fat, hang...
3. Âm /a:/ trong nhóm có nhấn trọng âm:  ar(-): bar, bark, car, cart, depart...
4. Âm /Ɔ:/ trong 3nhóm sau:  al-: all, ball, call, fall, halt, salt, talk, walk...
 aw(-): draw, drawn, dawn, raw, want...
 wa-: watch, wall, water, want...
5. Âm /ә:/ trong nhóm có nhấn trọng âm.  ear-: early, earth, earthly, learn...
6. Âm /ә/: ở một số vần không nhấn trọng âm: woman, workman, about, away...
7. Âm /i/: không nhấn trọng âm trong tiếng tận cùng là:
- age: passage, package, carriage, marriage...
- ate: temperate, climate, adequate, immediate...
II. Chữ E có 8 âm đơn sau:
1. Âm /i:/ trong 3 nhóm:  e: be, he, me, she, we...
 ee(-): bee, beet, meet, weep, wee, sweet...
 ea(-): pea, beat, meat, heat, teat, tea, sea, seat...
2. Âm /i/ trong nhóm sau: English, enlarge, enhance, pretty,…
3. Âm /e/ trong nhóm:  e-: egg, hen, fen, fed, ten, debt...
4. Âm /ә:/ trong nhóm:  er(-): her, err, stern, sterse, verse...
5. Âm /u:/ trong một số tiếng có tận cùng là:  -ew: crew, aircrew, screw, airscrew, flew...
6. Âm /ju:/ trong một số tiếng có tận cùng là:  -ew: new, news, fews...
7. Âm /ә/ ở một số vần không nhấn trọng âm: children, garden, problem, excellent,...
8. Âm /i/ trong các tiếp đầu ngữ sau: be-, de-, ex-, em-, en-, pre-, re-
III. Chữ I có 4 âm đơn sau:
1. Âm /i:/ trong những từ mượn của tiếng Pháp:  automobiles, machines, régime, élite, routine...
2. Âm /i/: có trong nhóm:  i-: big, dig, sick, thick, bin, bit, sin, sit, tin, tit...
3. Âm /ә:/ trong nhóm: -ir: fir, stir, whir...
-ir-: bird, firm, first, girl, skirt, shirt, third, thirst...
4. Âm /ә/ ở một số vần không nhấn trọng âm: -il: pencil, to pencil, stencil, to stencil...
IV. Chữ O có 7 âm đơn sau:
1. Âm /i/ trong tiếng women
2. Âm /Ɔ/ có trong nhóm: o-: box, dog, god, got, pot, stop, spot...
3. Âm /ậ/ trong 2 nhóm sau: o-: won, son, Monday...
o-e: dove, glove, love, shove...
4. Âm /ә:/ trong 2 nhóm sau: wor-: word, world, worm...
Page 48 of 117
- or: doctor, inventor, sailor...
5. Âm /ә/ ở một số vần không nhấn trọng âm: nation, formation, information...
6. Âm /u/ trong một số tiếng: woman, wolf...
7. Âm /u:/ trong 2 nhóm: -o(-): do, two, who, whom, tomb, womb...
-oo(-): too, bamboo, noon, school, afternoon...
V. Chữ U có 8 âm đơn sau:
1. Âm /i/ trong một số tiếng: Ex: busy, business, busily...
2. Âm /e/ trong tiếng đặc biệt: to bury
3. Âm /ậ / có trong nhóm: u-, -uck, -ug,...: cut, duck, hug, must, trust...
4. Âm /ә:/ trong nhóm: -ur(-): blur, fur, burn, turn, hurt...
5. Âm /ә/ ở những vần không nhấn trọng âm: ‘furniture, ‘future,….
6. Âm /u/ trong một số tiếng sau: u-: pull, push, bush
7. Âm /u:/ trong một số tiếng sau: rule, ruler, fruit...
8. Âm /ju:/ trong nhóm: u-e: cure, cute, acute, use...
VI. Chữ cái “Y” và cách phát âm.
* Chữ cái “Y”: có thể là một phụ âm nếu nó đứng đầu một từ,
có thể là một nguyên âm nếu nó đứng ở giữa hay cuối từ.
1. Chữ Y được phát âm /i/: Khi ‘Y’ đứng ở giữa hay cuối từ có hai âm tiết trở lên.
Ngoại lệ: Pyramid /'pirәmid/).
Ex: any /'eni/, gym, hymn, oxygen, system, myth, syllable, typical, baby, happy, candy, lively, worry, physics,
sympathy, mystery,…
Ngoại lệ: July /dʒu:'lai/
2. Chữ Y phát âm là /ai/: Khi ‘Y’ đứng cuối một từ đơn âm tiết
buy /bai/, shy, by, my, sky...
Ngoại lệ: deny /di'nai/ (2 õm tiết)
3. Chữ Y được phát âm là /ai/ ở các động từ có đuôi:
-ify/-ly: simplify /'simplifai/, reply /ri'plai/, apply/ә'plai/, amplify, modify, multiply, rely,...
4. Chữ Y được phát âm là /j/: yes, youth, yacht, yard,….
C. Nguyên âm đôi và cách phát âm:
1. Âm /ai/: Có trong 10 nhóm sau:
-y: by, buy, dry, fry, guy, my, sky, shy, try, why...
- y-e: dyke, tyre, style...
-i-e: dike, tire, bite, five, guide, hike, like, time, wide...
- ie: die, tie, lie, flies...
- ye: dye, eyes...
- igh(-): fight, flight, light, high, height, right, sigh...
- ild: child, mild...
- ind: find, bind, grind, kind, behind, kind...
- C + i + V (consonant + i + vowel): lion, diamond...
Special words: pilot, science, silent, sign, design...
2. Âm /ei/: Có trong 9 nhóm sau:
 ey: obey, convey,….
 -ei-: eight, weight, neighbor, veil, ……
 ea-: great, break, steak,
a-e: late, mate, lake, take, sale, tale...
a - - e: table, change, waste...
 ai-: nail, lain, sail, tail, waist...
 -ay: day, may, ray, way, play...
 -ation: nation, education...
 -asion: invasion, occasion...
3. Âm /Ɔi/: Cú trong 2 nhúm:
-oi: noisy, coin, boil,...
-oy: boy, destroy, toy, enjoy,…
4. Âm /au/: Có trong 2 nhóm:
-ou-: round, mountain, noun, house, count, ground, loud,....
- ow-: now, how, cow, crowd,…..
Page 49 of 117
5. Âm /әu/: Có trong 5 nhóm:
- o (-): no, so, go, don't, won't, host, rose, rope, soldier, cold,...
-ow (-): grow, grown, know, known, throw,...
-oa-: boat, coach, coal, goal, ….
- ou-: soul, although, mould, ….
- oe: toe, goes, …..
6. Âm /iә/: Có trong 3 nhóm:
- ea(r): ear, rear, fear, clear, gear, near,…
- eer: beer, deer, engineer, mountaineer, auctioneer,…
- ere: here, atmosphere, sphere,….
Ngoại lệ: there/ðeә/, where/weә/
7. Âm /eә/: Có trong 4 nhóm sau:
- air: pair, hair, air, chair, fair, stairs, dairy, repair, affair,….
- ea-: pear, bear, …
- ary: Mary.
- eir: their.
8. Âm /uә/: Có trong nhóm sau:
- our, - ure, - oor: tour, tournament /'tuәnәmәnt/, sure, poor/puә(r)/, …
- ual: usual, casual, actually,….
D. Từ đồng dạng (Homographs)
1. wound: - wound /waund/ (past participle): to wind
- wound/wu:nd/ (n): vết thương
2. wind: - wind /wind/ (n): cơn gió
- wind /waind/(v): chỉnh, lên dây, vặn (đồng hồ,...)
3. lead: - lead /li:d/ (n): sự lãnh đạo, sự hướng dẫn
- lead /led/ (n): than chỡ, chỡ
4. row: - row /rәu/ (v): chèo thuyền
- row /rau/ (n): cuộc cãi vã
5. house: - house /hauz/ (v): cho ở, chứa
- house /haus/ (n): ngôi nhà
6. live: - live /liv/ (v): sống, sinh sống
- live /laiv/ (adj): trực tiếp
7. record: - ['rekƆ:d] (n): đĩa hát, đĩa ghi âm, thành tích
- [ri'kƆ:d] (v): thu, ghi lại (âm thanh hoặc hình ảnh) trên đĩa hoặc băng
8. read: - read /ri:d/ (v):
- read /red/ (past participle):
9. sow - sow /sau/ (n): lợn còi
- sow /sәu/ (v): gieo hạt
10. close: - close /klәus/ (adj)
- close /klәuz/ (v)
11. excuse: - excuse /iks’kju:s/ (n)
- excuse /iks’kju:z/ (v)
12. use - use /ju:s/ (n) - use /ju:z/ (v)
13. abuse: - abuse /ә’bju:s/ (n) - abuse /ә’bju:z/ (v)
etc,……..
Phần 2: PHỤ ÂM
A. Giới thiệu về phụ âm (The consonants sounds): 24 consonants in English
devided into voiceless and voiced consonants and are shown below:
I. Voiceless consonants: /p/, /f/, //, /t/, /s/, /∫/, /t∫/, /k/, /h/.
II. Voiced consonants: /b/, /v/, /ð/, /d/, /z/, /Ʒ/, /dƷ/, /g/, /l/, /m/, /n/, /ŋ/, /r/, /w/, /j/.
III. The consonant clusters:
1. /s/ + /p, t, k, f, m, n, w, j/:
Spy, stay, sky, smile, snow, sleep, swear, suit, speak,…
2. / p / + / l, r, j /: Plough, play, proud, pray, pure, puritant,…
3. /t/ + /r, w, j/: Tree, try, twin, twice, tune, tunic,…
4. / k / + / l, r, w, j /: Clerk, clay, crown, cry, quite, quick, cure, curious,…
Page 50 of 117
5. /b/ + /l, r, j/: Blind, blow, brown, bring, brick, beauty, bureau,….
6. /g/ + /l, r/: Glass, glance, grass, grow,…
7. /d/ + /r, w, j/: Draw, dress, dwell, dwinkle, duty,…
8. /f/ + /l, r, j/: Fly, flat, free, frozen, few, fuse,…
9. // + /r, w/: Throw, throat, thwart, thwack,…
10. /v/ + /j/: view, viewer,…
11. /∫/ + /r/: shrink, shriek,…
12. /m/ + /j/: Music, mule,…
13. /n/ + /j/: New, nude,…
14. /spr/: spread, spray, …
15. /str/: strand, stray, string,…
16. /skr/: scratch…
17. /spj/: spure, spurious, …
18. /spl/: splendid, split,…
19. /stj/: stupid, student,…
20. /skj/: skew, skewer,…
21. /skw/: square, squash,…
B. Cách phát âm của một số phụ âm:

1. Chữ C có thể được đọc thành 4 âm: /s/, /k/, /ʃ/, /tʃ/
a. ‘C’ được phát âm là /s/: Khi ‘C’ đứng trước e, i, y
Eg: ceiling /'si:liŋ/, sentence, silence, cigarette, presidency...
b. ‘C’ được phát âm là /ʃ/: Khi ‘C’ đứng trước ia(-), cie, cio, ciu và cean
- cia(-) musician, mathematician, special, official, artificial...
- cie: efficient /ifiʃә nt/, conscience /kƆnʃәns/: lương tâm
- io(-): specious,delicious, unconscionable (không hợp với lương tâm),
conscious: có ý thức, efficacious, spacious: rộng chỗ, specious: có vẻ đúng.
- cean: ocean/'ouʃәn/, crustacean /krʌ'teiʃiәn/: Loài tôm cua
- ciu: confucius /kәn'fju:ʃәs/: Đức Khổng Tử
Ngoại lệ: science /'saiәns/
c. ‘C’ được phát âm là /k/: Khi ‘C’ đứng trước a, o, u và các phụ âm.
ca-: can /k æ n/, car, cat
co-: coat, come, computer
cu-: cup, cut
c + consonant: circle, class, crude, crowd, create...
d. ‘C’ được phát âm là /tʃ/ trong cỏc từ: cello /'tʃelou/, cellist, concerto
e. ‘C’ là một âm câm:
- Khi ‘C’ đứng trước k: black /bl æ k/, duck, nickel...
- thỉnh thoảng 'c' câm sau 's': scene /si:n/, science, muscle, scissors...
2. Chữ D có thể được đọc thành 2 âm: /g/, /dʒ/
a. ‘D’ được phát âm là /d/ trong hầu hết mọi trường hợp.
eg. date, dirty, down, damage, made, bird...
b. ‘D’ được phát âm là /dʒ/ trong một số trường hợp đặc biệt:
soldier, education graduate, schedule /'skedʒu:l/,
verdure /'vә: dʒuә/: (màu xanh tươi của cây cỏ)
c. Chữ D câm ở một số từ: handkerchief, handsome, Wednesday
3. Chữ G có thể được đọc thành: /d/, /dʒ /, /ʒ/.
a. ‘G’ được phát âm là /dʒ/: Khi ‘G’ đứng trước các nguyên âm e, i, y và tận cùng của một từ là ge
Eg: germ, apology, ginger, ginseng, giant, gigantic (a) /'dʒaig æ ntik/: khổng lồ, gyp /dʒip/ (mắng nhiếc),
gymnastic, gill /dʒil/: đơn vị đo bằng 1/8 lít...
Eg: language, village, age, ….
Ngoại lệ: get, hamburger, tiger, gift, gear, gill /gil/: mang cá
b. ‘G’ được phát âm là /ʒ/ ở một số từ mượn của tiếng Pháp
Eg: regime /rei'ʒi:m/, massage, mirage, garage /'g æ raʒ/, (to) rouge /ru:ʒ/: (tụ) son phấn
c. ‘G’ được phát âm là /g/: Khi đứng trước bất kỳ mẫu tự nào trừ các trường hợp vừa nêu ở mục 1
Eg: game, good, get, guard, figure, go...
Page 51 of 117
Ngoại lệ:: a gaol /dʒeil/(n) nhà tù, to gaol /dʒeil/(v) = to jail/ to imprison: bỏ tù
d. ' G’ câm (silent G)
* "g" câm: nếu nó đứng đầu của từ và trước “n”: Eg: gnar /na:l/: mẩu, đầu mẩu;
gnash /n æ ʃ/: nghiến răng
gnome /'noumi:/: châm ngôn;
gnu /nu:/: linh dương đầu bò
gnaw /nɔ:/: động vật gặm nhấm;
gnostic /'nɔstik/: ngộ đạo
* "g" câm: nếu nó đứng cuối của từ và trước "m", "n": Eg: sign, design, campaign, foreign, phlegm /flem/: đờm
e. ‘G’ trong "ng" ở cuối từ hoặc từ gốc được phát âm là /ŋ/: Eg: sing, running, song, singer...
4. Chữ ‘n’ được phát âm là /n/ và /ŋ/
a. Chữ ‘n’ được phát âm là /ŋ/: khi ‘n’ đứng trước mẫu tự mang âm /k/ và /g/.
Eg: uncle, single, longer, English, ink, drink,....
b. Chữ ‘n’ được phát âm là /n/ ở hầu hết các mẫu tự trừ ‘k’ và ‘g’.
Eg: natural, not, name, strange /streindʒ/, danger /'deindʒә/
5. Chữ ‘qu’ được phát âm là /kw/ và /k/
a. Chữ ‘q’ luôn đi kèm với ‘u’, và qu thường được phát âm là /kw/
Eg: question, quiet, quick, require, queen
b. Tuy nhiên, thỉnh thoảng ‘qu’ được phát âm là /k/ Eg: quay, technique, antique, liquor, queue
6. Chữ ‘s’ được phát âm là /s/, /ʃ/, /ʒ/ và /z/
a. Chữ ‘s’ được phát âm là /s/ Eg: see, sight, slow, dispense, cost,...
b. Chữ ‘s’ được phát âm là /z/. Eg: has, is, because, rose, reason,...
c. Chữ ‘s’ được phát âm là /ʒ/ Eg: decision, vision, conclusion, occasion, usual, pleasure, measure, leisure,....
d. Chữ ‘s’ được phát âm là /ʃ/: Eg: sugar, sure,...
e. Chữ ‘se’ ở cuối từ: ‘se’ thường được phát âm là /s/ hoặc /z/. Tuy nhiên, ‘se’ được phát âm là /s/ hay /z/
thường là dựa vào âm trước nó hoặc dựa vào từ loại.
* Chữ ‘se’ được phát âm là /s/: Khi nó đứng sau âm /ә:/, /ә/, /au/, /n/ và /i/
Eg: nurse, purpose, mouse, sense, promise,...
* Chữ ‘se’ được phát âm là /z/: Khi nó đứng sau âm /ai/, /ɔi/, /a:/ Eg: rise, noise, vase,...
* Chữ ‘se’ được phát âm là /z/ hay /s/ dựa vào từ loại (Phần này được trình bày trong ở mục D- từ đồng
dạng):
- động từ: /z/;
- danh từ/adj: /s/
f. Chữ 's' câm trong một số từ sau đây:
corps /kɔ:/ (quân đoàn), island /'ailәnd/ (hũn đảo), isle /ail/(hòn đảo nhỏ), aisle /ail/ (lối đi giữa hai hàng ghế)
g. Cách phát âm mẫu tự “s” ở dạng động từ ngôi thứ ba số ít, danh từ số nhiều và sở hữu cách:
* trường hợp 1: ‘s’ được phát âm là /s/
Âm đứng Danh từ số nhiều Động từ ngôi thứ 3 số ít Sở hữu cỏch Cách đọc kí tự 's'
trước 's' (Plural form) (3rd singular V) (Possessives)
/p/ maps capes stops
/t/ cats, beats, Janet' s /s/
mates calculates
/k/ books, lakes Attacks, makes Frank' s
/f/ paragraphs, photographs Cliff' s
laughs, chiefs, safes laughs
/ố/ months bathes Gareth' s
photographs photographs
* trường hợp 2: ‘es’ được phát âm là /iz/:

- Nếu danh từ số ít có tận cùng là: s, x, ch, sh, -ce, -es,-ge
Ngoại lệ: những danh từ gốc Hy Lạp tận cùng bằng ch chỉ thêm 's' và đọc là /ks/.
Eg: a monarch /mɔ'nәk/ (vua)  monarchs /mɔ 'nәks/
Âm đứng Danh từ số nhiều Động từ ngôi thứ 3 số ít Sở hữu cỏch Cách đọc kí tự 's/es'
trước 's/es' 's/es'
(Plural form) (3rd singular V) (Possessives)
/s/ glasses kisses Bruce's

Page 52 of 117
sentences sentences
/ks/ Boxes Mixes Felix's
/ʧ/ Churches Teaches Mrs. Gooch's /iz/
/ʃ/ Wishes Washes Trish's
/ʒ/ Garages massages Solange's
/dʒ/ Pages stages Gorge's
/z/ bruises rise Rose's
* trường hợp 3: ‘s’ được phát âm là /z/: Các trường hợp còn lại:
Âm đứng Danh từ số nhiều Động từ ngôi thứ 3 số ít Sở hữu cách Cách đọc kí tự
trước 's' (Plural form) (3rd singular V) (Possessives) 's'
/b/ Cubs robs Bob' s
/v/ Caves lives Olive' s
/ð/ clothes breathes Smith' s
/d/ Beds reads Donald' s
/g/ Eggs digs Peg' s /z/
/l/ Hills Fills Daniel's
/m/ rooms comes Tom's
/n/ Pens learns Jane's
/ŋ/ Rings brings King's
/әu/ potatoes goes Jo's
/ei/ Days plays Clay's
/eә/ Hairs wears Clare's
Note: Cách đọc tận cùng “s” như trên còn có thể áp dụng cho:
- Danh từ số ít có tận cùng là 's': physics /'fiziks/, series /'siәriz/.
- Thể giản lược: What's /wɔts/ Phong doing?
He's /hi:z/ reading.
- Tận cùng “s” trong đuôi của tính từ như: -ous, -ious: được đọc là /s/.
7. Chữ ‘t’ được phát âm là /t/, /tʃ/, /ʃ/ và /ʒ/
a. Chữ ‘t’ được phát âm là /t/ trong hầu hết các từ như: take, teacher, tell, computer, until, amateur...
b. Chữ ‘t’ được phát âm là /ʧ/ khi đứng trước chữ ‘u’
Eg: picture/'pikʧә/, mixture, century, future, actual, statue, fortunate, punctual, situation, mutual...
c. Chữ ‘t’ được phát âm là /ʃ/ khi nó ở giữa một từ và đứng trước ia, io
- t+ia: militia (dàn quân), initial, initiate, potential, residential, differentiate, spatial (thuộc về không gian)...
Ngoại lệ: Christian /'krisʧәn/ (theo Cơ Đốc Giáo)
- t + io(-): patio (sân trống giữa nhà), ratio (tỉ lệ), infectious, cautious, conscientious, notion, option, nation,
intention, information...
Ngoại lệ: question /'kwesʧәn/, suggestion /sә'esʧәn/, righteous /'raiʧәs/ (đúng đắn, ngay thẳng),
combustion /kәm'bʌsʧәn/(sự đốt cháy), Christian /'krisʧәn/.
d. Chữ ‘t’ được phát âm là /ʒ/ Eg: equation (n) /i'kweiʒn/ (phương trình)
e. Chữ "T' câm
* khi kết hợp thành dạng STEN ở cuối từ Eg: fasten /'fa:sn/, hasten/'heisn/ (thúc giục), listen /'lisn/
* khi kết hợp thành dạng STLE ở cuối từ: castle /ka:sl/, apostle /'әpɔsl/ (tông đồ, sứ đồ), whistle /wisl/ (huýt sáo)
* Ngoài ra Chữ "T' câm trong trường hợp sau: Christmas /'krismәs/, often/ 'ɔ: fn/, ballet (vũ bale), beret(mũ nồi)
8. Chữ 'x' có thể được phát âm là /ks/, /gz/, /kʃ/, /z/
a. Chữ 'x' có thể được phát âm là /ks/: fix, mix, fax, box, oxen...
b. Chữ 'x' có thể được phát âm là /gz/: khi ‘x’ đứng sau chữ e bắt đầu của một từ
Eg: example /ig'z æ mpl/, examine /ig'z æ min/, executor /ig'zekjutә/, exit, exhaust, exact...
Ngoại lệ: to execute /'eksikjut/: thi hành
c. Chữ 'x' có thể được phát âm là /kʃ/: khi ‘x’ đứng trước u hay io(-)
Eg: sexual, luxury, anxious, obnoxious đáng ghét)
Ngoại lệ: luxurious/lʌg'ʒuәriәs/(sang trọng, lộng lẫy), anxiety/ æ ŋ'zaiәti/: sự lo lắng.
d. Chữ 'x' có thể được phát âm là /z/ ở một số từ:
anxiety / æ ŋ'zaiәti/: nỗi lo, lòng khao khát, xylophone (mộc cầm),
9. Chữ 'z' có thể được phát âm là /s/ trong những từ đặc biệt:
Page 53 of 117
waltz /wɔ:ls/ điệu nhảy vanxơ
eczema/'eksimә/: bệnh lở loét
Mozart /'mousa:t/: Mozart
Nazi /n æ tsi/: Quân Phát xít Đức
10. Chữ 'th' có thể được phát âm là / θ / và /ð/.
a. Chữ 'th' có thể được phát âm là /ố/: ‘th’ đứng đầu từ, giữa từ hay cuối từ.
Eg: thick, thin, think, both, mouth, death, health, wealth, birth, author, toothache....
b. Chữ 'th' có thể được phát âm là /ố/: chỉ dạng danh từ của một tính từ.
Eg: width/wid ð /, depth, length, strength,...
c. Chữ 'th' có thể được phát âm là / θ /: chỉ số thứ tự
Eg: fourth, fifth, sixth, tenth, thirteenth, fortieth, fiftieth,....
d. Chữ 'th' cú thể được phát âm là /ð/: ‘th’ đứng đầu từ, giữa từ hay cuối từ.
Eg: this, that, these, weather, although, another, clothing, clothe, mother,...
Note: bath /ba: θ; b æ θ /  baths /ba:ð/ (n. pl.)
e. ‘th’ câm ở các từ sau:
asthma /æsmә/ (n): bệnh hen suyễn; isthmus /ismәs/ (n): eo đất
f. Chữ 'th' có thể được phát âm là /ð/ hay / θ /: còn phụ thuộc vào từ loại hoặc nghĩa của chúng.
North /nɔ: θ / (n) Northern /'nɔ: ðәn/ adj)
South/au θ / (n) Southern /sậðәn/
cloth /klɔ θ / clothe /klәuð; klɔuð/(v)
bath/bɑ: θ ; b æ θ / (n) bathe /beið/
teeth/ti: θ / (n) teethe /ti:ð/ (v)
.............
11. Chữ 'sh' được phát âm là /ʃ/: trong mọi trường hợp:
Eg: wash /wɔʃ/, she /ʃi:/, fish/fiʃ/...
12. Chữ 'gh' & 'ph'
a. Chữ 'gh' & 'ph' được phát âm là: /f/.
Eg: laugh, cough, rough, phone, photo, orphan, phrase /freiz/, physics /fiziks/, paragraph /'pærәgra:f/,
mimeograph /'mimiougra:f/,.....
Note: - nephew /'nevju:/ (Br E) và /'nefju:/ (Am. E)
- 'gh' được phát âm là /g/: ghost, ghoul /gu:/ (ma cà rồng), ghetto (khu người Do Thái)
b. Chữ 'gh' câm: Khi ‘gh’ đứng cuối từ hoặc trước ‘t’
Eg: nigh, night, sigh (thở dài), though, sight, flight, light, plough, weight, ought, caught,...
13. Chữ 'ch' được phát âm là /ʧ/, /k/, /ʃ/.
a. Chữ “ch” phần lớn được phát âm là: /ʧ/
Eg: chair, cheep, cheese, chicken, chat, children, channel, chocolate, chin, chest,...
b. Chữ “ch” được phát âm là /k/ trong một số chữ đặc biệt có gốc Hy Lạp.
Eg: Christ, Christmas, chorus /'kɔ: rәs/ (hợp ca),
choir /kwaiә/ (ca đoàn), chaos /'keɔs/ (sự rối loạn),
holera/'kɔlәrә/(bệnh thổ tả), chemist, chemistry,
architect, architecture, mechanic,
scheme /ski:m/ (kế hoạch, âm mưu)
monarch (vua trong chế độ quân chủ),
monarchy (nước quân chủ chuyên chế),
stomach, echo, orchestra, school, scholar, character,….
c. Chữ “ch” được phát âm là /ʃ/ trong những từ cú nguồn gốc từ tiếng Phỏp.
Eg: chic /ʃik/ (bảnh bao), chef /ʃef/ (đầu bếp),
chute /ʃu:t/ (thác nước), chauffeur/'ʃoufә/ (tài xế)
chagrin /'ʃægrin/ (sự buồn phiền) chassis /'ʃæsi/(khung xe),
chemise /ʃә'mi:z/, chiffon /ʃi'fɔn/ (vải the),
machine, charlatan /'ʃa:lәtәn/ (thầy lang),
chevalier /'ʃev evev evәliә/ (hiệp sỹ), chivalry /'ʃivәlri/(hiệp sỹ đạo),
chandelier /'ʃændә'liә/(đÌn treo), chicanery (ʃi'keinәri/ (sự lừa đảo)
parachute, Chicago,
mustache, (to) douche (tắm bằng vũi),
attaché /әtæʃei/ (tựy viờn), chargé d' affaires
Page 54 of 117
C. Những âm câm.
Là những nguyên âm và phụ âm được viết ra nhưng không được đọc. (chỉ đề cập đến những âm chưa được đề
cập ở những mục trên).
1. 'B' câm (silent B)
- 'b' câm trước 't': doubt /daut/, debt, subtle
- 'b' câm sau 'm': climb /klaim/, numb, thumb, tomb...
2. 'h' câm (silent h)
- 'h' câm khi đứng sau 'g' ở đầu từ: Eg ghoul /gu:/, ghetto, ghost,….
- 'h' câm khi đứng sau 'r' ở đầu từ: Eg: rhetoric /'retәrik/, rhinoceros, rhubarb (cây đại hoàng), rhyme /rai/ (vần
thơ), rhythm /'riðm/ (nhịp điệu),.....
- 'h' câm khi đứng sau 'ex' ở đầu từ: Eg: exhaust /ig'zɔ:st/ (kiệt sức), exhort /ig'zɔ: t/ (hụ hào rỳt khớ),
exhibit(ion), exhilarate (làm phấn khởi),
exhilarant (điều làm phấn khởi), exhauster /ig'zɔ:stә/ (quạt hỳt giú),....
- 'h' câm khi nó đứng ở cuối từ: Eg: ah (A! Chà!), verandah /vәrændә/ (hàng hiờn), catarrh /kә'ta:/(viờm chảy)
- 'h' cõm ở một số từ sau:
Eg: heir /eә/ (người kế thừa), hierdom (tình trạng kế thừa),
heirless (không có người thừa kế), heirloom (vật gia truyền),
heirship (quyền thừa kế), hour (giờ) honour (danh dự),
honourable (đáng tôn kính), honorific
honorary, honest, honestly, honesty, dishonest
vehicle (xe cộ) /'viәkl/ (Br. E) but /'vi:hik/ (Am. E)
3. 'k' câm khi nó đứng ở đầu từ và trước 'n'
knife /naif/, knee, knit, knitter (máy đan sợ), knitting,
Knitting-machine (máy đan len, mỏy dỆt), knitting -needle (kim đan, que đan), know, knock, knob,…
4. 'l' câm khi
- đứng sau 'a' và trước 'f', 'k', 'm'
Eg: half /ha:f/, calf, balk, walk, chalk, balm, calm, palm, salmon, alms (của bố thí)
- đứng sau 'o' và trước 'd', 'k': could, should, would, folk,…..
5. 'M' câm khi đứng trước 'n' và ở đầu từ:
Eg: mnemonics /ni:'mɔniks/ (thuật nhớ), mnemonic /ni:'mɔnik/ (giúp trí nhớ)
6. 'n' câm khi đứng sau 'm' và ở cuối từ:
Eg: autumn /'ɔ:tәm/, comdemn (kết án, kết tội), culumn,
hymn /him/ (quốc ca), solemn (long trọng, trang nghiêm),…..
7. 'p' câm khi
- đứng trước 'n' và ở đầu một từ:
pneumatic /nju:'mổtik/ (thuộc khí/hơi), pneumatics /nju:'mætiks/ (khớ lực học)
pneumatology /nju:mә'tɔlәdʒi/ (thuyết tâm linh), pneumonia /nju:'mounjә/,
pneumonic /nju:'mounik/ (thuộc bệnh viêm phổi)
- đứng trước 's'
psalm /sa:m/ (bài thánh ca)
psalmodic /sæl'mƆdik/, psalmodist /sæl'mәdist/,
psalmodize /sæl'mәdaiz/ (hát thánh ca)
psalmist /'sa:mist/ (người soạn thánh ca)
psalmody /'sælmәdi/
pseudonym /'sju:dәnim/ (biệt hiệu, bút danh)
pseudograph /'sju:dәgraf/ (tác phẩm văn học giả mạo)
pseudologer /sju:'dƆlә dʒә / (kẻ trỏ hỡnh)
psyche /'saiki:/ (linh hồn, tõm thần)
psychedelic /'saiki'delik/ (ma tuý, cảm giác lõng lõng)
psychiatry /sai'kaiәtri/ (tâm thần học)
psychiatrist /sai'kaiәtrist/ (bác sỹ tâm thần)
psychic /sai'kik/ ông đồng, bà đồng)
psychology /sai'kɔlә dʒә/ (n)
psychological /saikәlɔdʒ ikl/ (adj)
- 'p' câm khi đứng trước 't' receipt /ri'sit:/ (n), empty /'emti/, ptisan /ti'zæn/ (nước thuốc sắc)
- 'p' câm khi đứng trước 'b' cupboard /'cʌbәd/, raspberry /'ra:zbri/ (quả mâm xôi)
Page 55 of 117
8. 'u' câm khi
- đứng trước 'a' Eg: guard /ga:d/ (sự canh chừng), piquant /'pi:kәnt/ (cay đắng, chua cay),
guarantee /gærәn'ti:/(đảm bảo),.....
- đứng sau 'g' Eg: guerilla /g'ril/ (du kích, quân du kích), guess /ges/(đoán), guest/gest/ (khách),...
- đứng trước 'e' conquer /'kɔŋkә/ (chinh phục); league /lig/ (đồng minh)
catalogue /'kætәlɔg/ (n); dialogue /daiә'lɔg/, prologue /'proulɔg/ (đoạn mở đầu), epilogue/'epilɔg/ (phần kết);
fatigue /fә'ti:g/ (sự mệt mỏi), oblique /'әblik/ (nghiêng, xiên)
- đứng trước 'i'
buil /bild/, guild / gild/ (phường hội, hội)
guillotine /gilә'ti:n/ (mỏy chẫm) guilt /'gilti/ (cú tội, phạm tội)
biscuit /'biskit/; circuit /'sә:kit/ (chu vi, vũng đua)
conduit /'kɔndit/ (ống dẫn, máng nước),.........
- đứng trước 'y' plaguy /'pleigi/ (phiền hà, quỏ quắt) ; buy /bai/,.....
9. 'I' câm khi đứng sau 'u' Eg: fruit, juice, suit, bruise
10. 'R' câm khi - đứng giữa nguyên âm và phụ âm
Eg:arm, farm, harm, dark, darn, work, mark, mercy, /'mә:si/, world, word, worm, worn,….
Note: Người Mỹ thường phát âm ‘R’ ở những từ trên.
- đứng sau ‘e’ trong đuôi 'er': teacher, mother, water,…..
11. 'w' câm khi
- 'w' đứng trước 'r' và ở đầu từ
Eg: wrap, wreck (làm hỏng), write, wrong, wrist (cổ tay), wrest(giật mạnh), wrench (xoắn), wrinkle
/'riŋkl/ (gợn súng), wright /rait/ (thợ), writ /rit/ (lệnh), wrick /rik/ (làm trật/trẹo), wriggle /'rigl/ (lựa vào)
- 'w' đứng trước 'h' who /hu:/, whom, whose, whole, wholy, whoever...
- 'w' câm trong những từ sau đây:
answer/'a:nsә/, sword/sɔ:d/ (gươm), awe/ɔ:/(làm sợ hói), owe/ou/(v), awl /ɔ:l/ (dựi của thợ giày), awn/ɔ:n/
(râu ở đầu hạt thóc), awning /ɔ:niŋ/(tấm vải bạt để che), awry/ә'rai/ (xiên, méo, lệch),…..
D. Cách phát âm “ed”:
I. Cách phát âm đuôi “ed” của những động từ có quy tắc ở dạng quá khứ đơn:
1. “ed” /id/: Nếu động từ có tận cùng bằng các âm /t/ hay /d/. eg. needed, wanted, decided, started...
2. 'ed' /t/: Nếu động từ có tận cùng bằng 8 âm sau:
/f/ (trong cỏc chữ: f, fe, gh, ph),
/p/ (trong chữ p),
/k/ (trong chữ k),
/ks/ (trong chữ x),
/s/ (trong chữ s, ce),
/tʃ/ (trong chữ ch),
/ʃ/ (trong chữ sh),
/ ố/ (trong chữ th)
Eg: chaffed/ʧæft/(đùa cho vui), chafed/ʧeift/ (xoa cho ấm lên), laughed, paragraphed, coughed...
Eg: liked, mixed, voiced, missed, watched, washed, hatched
3. 'ed' /d/: các trường hợp còn lại played, planned, called, offered, bathed, borrowed...
II. Cách phát âm các tính từ tận cùng bằng ‘ed’:
Hầu hết các tính từ được tạo thành từ các động từ thì có cách phát âm đuôi “ed” giống như động từ tận
cùng bằng “ed”. Tuy nhiên một số tính từ hoặc trạng từ có tận cùng bằng ‘ed’, thỡ ‘ed’ được phát âm là /id/:
Eg: naked (a) trần trụi
wretched (a) khốn khổ
crooked (a) cong, oằn
ragged (a) nhàu, cũ
learned (a) uyờn bỏc
deservedly (adv) xứng đáng
supposedly (adv) cho rằng
unmatched (adj) vô địch, không thể sánh kịp
crabbed (adv) khú tớnh, khú nết
markedly (adv) một cỏch rừ ràng, đáng chú ý
allegedly(adv) cho rằng (được khẳng định mà không cần chứng minh)
rugged (a) gồ ghề, lởm chởm
Page 56 of 117
Note: Từ 'aged' được đọc thành /'eidʒid/ nếu đi trước danh từ, và /'eidʒd/ nếu đi sau danh từ hay động từ to be
eg: an aged /'eidʒid / man: một vị cao niên
They have one daughter aged /'eidʒd/ seven. (Họ có một con gái lên bảy tuổi)
CHƯƠNG II: STRESS

A. Giới thiệu về trọng âm
‘Trọng âm là sự phát âm của một từ hoặc một âm tiết với nhiều lực hơn so với các từ hoặc các âm tiết
xung quanh. Một từ hoặc âm tiêt được nhấn trọng âm được phát âm bằng cách sử dụng nhiều khí từ phổi hơn’
(Richard, J. C et al. 1992:355).
Các âm tiết mang trọng âm được phát âm mạnh hơn các âm tiết không mang trọng âm (được phát âm nhẹ
hơn hoặc ngắn hơn hoặc đôi khi được đọc rút gọn).
Ta dùng kí hiệu /'/ đặt ở đầu âm tiết có trọng âm chớnh. Trong những từ nhiều âm tiết có trọng âm chính
và trọng âm phụ và được biểu thị /,/.
Eg: father/'fɑ:ðә/, indication/,indi'kei∫n/, representative/,repri'zentәtiv/,….
B. Một số quy tắc đánh trọng âm:
Trọng âm chỉ rơi vào những âm tiết mạnh (âm tiết chứa nguyên âm mạnh, nguyên âm đôi hoặc nguyên
âm dài). Âm tiết yếu không nhận trọng âm.
I/ Trọng âm ở từ cú 2 âm tiết:
1) Đa số động từ có 2 âm tiết thì âm tiết thứ 2 nhận trọng âm chính:
Eg: es/cape, for/get, be/gin, ac/cept....
Tuy nhiên có một số động từ ngoại lệ:
/promise, /answer, /enter, /listen, /offer, /happen, /open.
2) Đa số danh từ và tính từ 2 âm tiết có trọng âm chính rơi và âm tiết thứ nhất:

Eg: /butcher, /standard, /busy, /handsome....
Ngoại lệ: ma/chine, mis/take, a/lone, a/ware,...
3) Một số từ vừa là danh từ, vừa là động từ có trọng âm chính không đổi:
ad/vice/ ad/vise, /visit, re/ply, tra/vel, /promise, /picture;
4) Còn lại đa số các từ có 2 âm tiết mà có 2 chức năng thì trọng âm thay đổi theo chức năng của từ:
/record(noun)/ re/cord (verb), /present(noun)/ pre/sent (verb), /desert(noun)/ de/sert(verb)....
II/ Những trường hợp khác

1) Các từ có tận cùng bằng các hậu tố sau có trọng âm chính rơi vào âm tiết đứng ngay trước hậu tố đó.
-tion: pro/tection. compu/tation...
- ial ; ially: me/morial, in/dustrial, arti/ficially, e/ssentially...
- sion: de/cision, per/mission... Ngoại lệ: /television
-itive: com/petitive, /sensitive...
-logy: e/cology, tech/nology...
-graphy; -etry: ge/ography, trigo/nometry...
-ity: a/bility, ne/cessity...
-ic; -ical: ar/tistic, e/lectric, po/litical, /practical...
Ngoại lệ: /Arabic, a/rithmatic, /Catholic, /politics
2) Các từ cú tận cựng bằng các hậu tố sau có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết cách hậu tố đó 1 âm tiết.
-ate: con/siderate, /fortunate...
-ary: /necessary, /military...
Ngoại lệ: docu/mentary, ele/mentary, supple/mentary, extra/ordinary.
3) Những hậu tố sau thường được nhận trọng âm chính.
-ee: de/gree, refe/ree... Ngoại lệ: com/mittee, /coffee
/ /
- eer: mountai ner, engi neer...
- ese: Japa/nese, Chi/nese...
- ain (chỉ áp dụng cho động từ): re/main, con/tain...
-aire: questio/naire, millio/naire...
- ique: tech/nique, an/tique...
- esque: pictu/resque...
4) Một số tiền tố và hậu tố khi thêm vào không làm thay đổi trọng âm chính của từ đó.
a. Tiền tố:
* un-: /healthy  un/healthy, im/portant  unim/portant …
* im-: ma/ture  imma/ture, /patient  im/patient…
Page 57 of 117
* in- : com/plete  incom/plete, sin/cere  insin/cere …
* ir- : \/relevant  ir/relevant, re/ligious  irre/ligious …
* dis: con/nect  discon/nect, /courage  dis/courage …
* non-: /smokers  non/smokers, /violent  non/violent…
* en-: /courage  en/courage, /vision  en/vision …
* re-: a/rrange  rea/rrange, /married  re/married …
* over-: /crowded  over/crowded, /estimate  over/estimate …
* under-: de/veloped  underde/veloped, /pay  under/pay …
Ngoại lệ: /understatement, /undergrowth, /underground, /underpants
b. Hậu tố:
-ful: / beauty  / beautiful, /wonder  /wonderful …
-less: /thought  /thoughtless, /hope  /hopeless …
-able: /comfort  /comfortable, /notice  /noticeable …
-al: /season  /seasonal, tra/dition  tra/ditional …
-ous: /danger  /dangerous, /poison  /poisonous …
-ly: /similar  /similarly, di/rect  di/rectly …
-er/ -or: /actor, /worker, /reader …
-ise/ -ize: /memorize, /modernize, /industrialize …
-ing: be/gin  be/ginning, su/ggest  su/ggesting …
-en: /length  /lengthen, /strength  /strengthen …
-ment: en/joyment, a/musement, /government …
-ness: /happiness, /thoughtlessness …
-ship: /sportmanship, /relationship, /scholarship, …
-hood: /neighborhood, /brotherhood … strength
5) Trọng âm ở các từ chỉ số đếm: thir’teen, ‘thirty / four’teen, ‘forty / fif’teen, ‘fifty ….
Tuy nhiên mẫu trọng âm này có thể thay đổi khi từ chỉ số đếm xuất hiện ở trong câu.
Ví dụ: khi nó đứng trước danh từ thỡ trọng õm của nú là: ‘nineteen people...
6) Trọng âm ở các từ ghép
a. Hầu hết danh từ ghép và tính từ ghép có trọng âm chính rơi vào âm tiết đầu tiên.
/dishwasher, /filmmaker, /typewriter, /praiseworthy, /waterproof, /lightning-fast …
Ngoại lệ: duty-/free, snow -/white

b. Tính từ ghép có từ đầu tiên là tính từ hoặc trạng từ thì trọng âm chính rơi vào từ thứ 2, tận cùng là động
từ phân từ 2.
Eg: well-/done, well-/informed, short-/sighted, bad-/tempered
c. Các trạng từ và động từ ghép có trọng âm chính rơi vào âm tiết thứ 2.
up/stairs, down/stairs, down-/grade, ill-/treat,…
7) Trọng âm của các động từ thành ngữ (Phrasal verbs):
a. Nếu cụm động từ thành ngữ có chức năng là một danh từ trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất.
Eg: 'setup (n): sự thu xếp 'upset (n): sự quấy rầy
'holdup (n): vụ cướp 'lookout (n) người xem
'checkout (n): việc thanh toán để rời (Khách sạn,..)
etc……
b. Nếu cụm động từ thành ngữ có chức năng là một động từ trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai.
Eg: to set 'up: thu xếp to up 'set: làm thất vọng,
to hold 'up: cầm, giữ to check 'out: trả phũng
to look 'out: canh chừng
etc…

Exercise 1: Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that has its underlined part pronounced
differently from that of the other words.
1. A. fascinate B. fashion C. fatten D. fatigue
2. A. balance B. bake C. brave D. station
3. A. fathon B. fatality C. bakery D. example
4. A. bracket B. calendar C. calculation D. emphasis
5. A. ballet B. ball C. catwalk D. salty
Page 58 of 117
6. A. bellow B. belong C. below D. belongings
7. A. ascend B. assemble C. arrest D. athlete
8. A. December B. decency C. clement D. beneath
9. A. benefit B. depend C. develop D. telephone
10. A. kitchen B. comedy C. comet D. defeat
11. A. complicate B. confident C. commission D. compile
12. A. circumstance B. etiquette C. ability D. cigarette
13. A. decide B. thirteen C. circulation D. circus
14. A. combine B. silent C. arise D. wind
15. A. expedition B. pencil C. liberate D. consider
16. A. head B. feature C. theatre D. teacher
17. A. now B. show C. borrow D. slow
18. A. picture B. culture C. pure D. nature
19. A. new B. sew C. few D. nephew
20. A. thief B. piece C. tie D. niece
21. A. great B. ground C. August D. intelligence
22. A. column B. known C. phone D. kind
23. A. bomb B. thumb C. lamb D. blue
24. A. university B. unique C. undo D. unit
25. A. programs B. subjects C. individuals D. celebrations
26. A. ploughs B. laughs C. coughs D. paragraphs
27. A. reformed B. appointed C. stayed D. installed
28. A. supposed B. admired C. collected D. posed
29. A. verb B. here C. Deer D. enginneer
30. A. loud B. amount C. found D. you
Exercise 2: Choose the word with the main stress placed differently from that of the others in each group.
1. A. mysterious B. generous C. extensive D. pollution
2. A. exchange B. purpose C. casual D. fashion
3. A. efficiency B. environment C. communicate D. reputation
4. A. encourage B. pagoda C. material D. grocery
5. A. provide B. prevent C. cover D. receive
6. A. national B. engineer C. figure D. scientist
7. A. social B. electric C. contain D. important
8. A. money B. annual C. metal D. design
9. A. convenient B. dependent C. deposit D. different
10. A. provide B. combine C. service D. account
11. A follow B. apology C. experienced D. direct
12. A. adulthood B. January C. maximum D. appropriate
13. A. sociologist B. developmental C. contemporary D. contributing
14. A. appliances B. scenario C. interviewer D. responsible
15. A. interpret B. suspicious C. etiquettes D. dishonest
16. A. formality B. acquaintance C. regarded D. ircumstance
17. A. surprised B. secure C. contact D. suggest
18. A. associate B. superior C. equivalent D. European
19. A. disrespectful B. untrustworthy C. astonishment D. acceptable
20. A. disciple B. depending C. influence D. discover
21. A. collaborate B. university C. curriculum D. development
22. A. institution B. destination C. qualification D. sociology
23. A. employee B. successful C. volunteer D. linguistics
24. A. particular B. representative C. international D. diplomatic
25. A. qualified B. deposit C. submitted D. semester
III. PHRASAL VERBS

A/ PHRASAL VERB (CỤM ĐỘNG TỪ) là gì?
Phrasal verb (cụm động từ) là sự kết hợp của động từ và giới từ hoặc trạng từ (được gọi chung là tiểu từ - particle)
Page 59 of 117
Eg: V+ prep: look for, look like
V+ adv: get away, take off
V+ adv+ prep: catch up with
B/ PHÂN LOẠI
PHRASAL Intransitive Verbs + Particle +

VERBS Object
Transitive
Verbs + Particle + Object Verbs + Noun

(inseparable Phr. Verbs) + particle + Noun
(on, off, up, down, in, out, away)

Pronoun
1. Nội cụm động từ (Intransitive phrasal verbs)
Là những cụm động từ không cần tân ngữ theo sau
Dưới đây là một số các nội cụm động từ thường gặp
VERB MEANING EXAMPLE
break That old Jeep had a tendency to break down just when I needed it the
down hỏng, most.
Popular songs seem to catch on in California first and then spread
catch on phổ biến, thịnh hành eastward.
come
back trở về, trở lại Father promised that we would never come back to this horrible plce.
come in vào, bước vào They tried to come in through the back door, but it was locked.
He was hit on the head very hard, but after several minutes, he started
come to hồi tỉnh to come to again.
come over đến thăm The children promised to come over, ut they never do.
We used to just drop by, but they were never home, so we stopped
drop by ghẫ thăm doing that.
eat out ăn nhà hàn When we visited Paris, we loved eating out in the sidewalk cafes.
Uncle Heine didn't have much money, but he always seemed to get
get by xoay sở (tài chớnh) by without borrowing money from relatives.
Grandmother tried to get up, but the couch was too low, and she
get up dậy, trở dậy couldn't make it on her own.
go back quay về It's hard to imagine that we will ever go back to Lithuania.
go on Continue He would finish one Dickens novel and then just go on to the next.
go on (2) Happen The cops heard all the noise and stopped to see what wasgoing on.
grow up trưởng thành, lớn lên Charles grew up to be a lot like his fathe.
keep
away remain at a distance The judge warned the stalker to keep away from his victim's home.
keep on
(with
gerun) cninue ith the same He tried to keep on singing long after his voice was ruined.
He had drunk too much; he passed out on the sidewalk outside the
pass out ngất, bất tỉnh bar.
Whenever he sat down at the piano, we knew he was going to show
show off demonstrate haughtily off.
show up arrive Day after day, Efrain showed up for class twenty minutes late.
wake up tỉnh giấc I woke up hen the rooster crowed.
Page 60 of 117
2. Ngoại cụm động từ (Transitive phrasal verbs)
Ngoại cụm động từ là những cụm động từ cần có tân ngữ theo sau
E. g. 1. We are looking for my key
2. Remember to turn the lights off when going out.
2.1 Ngoại cụm động từ có thể tách (Separable phrasal verbs)

Là những cụm động từ mà tân ngữ của nó có thể theo sau hoặc tách cụm từ đó ra thành 2 phần.
E. g. You have to do this paint job over.
You have to do over this paint job.
Nhưng khi tân ngữ của cụm động từ đó là đại từ thỡ cụm động từ đó thường phải được tách ra làm 2.
E. g. You have to do it over.

blow up explode The terrorists tried to blow up the railroad station.
My mother brought up that little matter of my prison record
bring up mention a topic again.
bring up nuôi dưỡng It isn't easy to bring up children nowadays.
call off cancel They called off this afternoon's meeting
do over làm lại, ụn lại Do this homework over.
fill out complete a form Fill out this application form and mail it in.
lấp đầy, điền
fill up đầy She filled up the grocery cart with free food.
phỏt hiện, khỏm My sister found out that her husband had been planning a
find out phỏ ra surprise party for her.
give away cho, phõn phỏt The filling station was giving away free gas.
My brother borrowed my car. I have a feeling he's not about
give back trả lại to give it back.
hand in nộp, đệ trình The students handed in their papers and left the room.
hang up gác, treo, múc She hung up the phone before she hung up her clothes.
hold up delay I hate to hold up the meeting, but I have to go to the bathroom.
Three masked gunmen held up the Security Bank this
hold up (2) rob afternoon.
You left out the part about the police chase down Asylum
leave out omit Avenue.
The lawyers looked over the papers carefully before
look over examine, check questioning the witness. (They looked them overcarefully.)
look up search in a list You've misspelled this word again. You'd better look itup.
invent a story or She knew she was in trouble, so she made up a story about
make up lie going to the movies with her friends.
He was so far away, we really couldn't make out what he was
make out bịa (chuyện) saying.
There were three men in the line-up. She picked out the guy she
pick out nhặt ra, chọn ra thought had stolen her purse.
pick up hái, lượm The crane picked up the entire house. (Watch them pick itup.)
As we drove through Paris, Francoise pointed out the major
point out call attention to historical sites.
We put away money for our retirement. She put away the cereal
put away save or store boxes.
We asked the boss to put off the meeting until tomorrow.
put off postpone (Please put it off for another day.)
mặc (quần áo),
put on đội, đeo, … I put on a sweater and a jacket. (I put them on quickly.)
Page 61 of 117
The firefighters put out the house fire before it could spread.
put out extinguish (They put it out quickly.)
read over đọc lướt I read over the homework, but couldn't make any sense of it.
My wife set up the living room exactly the way she wanted it.
set up arrange, begin She set it up.
make a written These are your instructions. Write them down before you
take down note forget.
take off remove clothing It was so hot that I had to take off my shirt.
talk over discuss We have serious problems here. Let's talk them over like adults.
throw away discard That's a lot of money! Don't just throw it away.
try on thử đồ She tried on fifteen dresses before she found one she liked.
try out thử nghiệm I tried out four cars before I could find one that pleased me.
turn down lower volume Your radio is driving me crazy! Please turn it down.
He applied for a promotion twice this year, but he wasturned
turn down (2) reject down both times.
raise the
turn up volume Grandpa couldn't hear, so he turned up his hearing aid.
switch off
turn off electricity We turned off the lights before anyone could see us.
turn off (2) repulse It was a disgusting movie. It really turned me off.
switch on the
turn on electricity Turn on the CD player so we can dance.
exhaust, use The gang members used up all the money and went out to rob
use up completely some more banks.
2.2 Ngoại cụm động từ không thể tách (Separable phrasal verbs)
Là những cụm động từ có phần tiểu từ không thể tách ra khỏi động từ gốc và nó chứa nghĩa của
cụm động từ đó (verb-meaning).

ask to recite in
call on class The teacher called on students in the back row.
call on (2) Visit The old minister continued to call on his sick parishioners.
bỡnh phục, khỏi I got over the flu, but I don't know if I'll ever get over my broken
get over (bệnh) heart.
The students went over the material before the exam. They should
go over review have gone over it twice.
They country went through most of its coal reserves in one year. Did
go through use up; consume he go through all his money already?
look after take care of My mother promised to look after my dog while I was gone.
look into investigate The police will look into the possibilities of embezzlement.
run across tỡnh cờ gặp I ran across my old roommate at the college reunion.
run into meet Carlos ran into his English professor in the hallway.
take after resemble My second son seems to take after his mother.
wait on serve It seemed strange to see my old boss wait on tables.
interrupt (a I was talking to Mom on the phone when the operator broke in on our
break in on conversation) call.
After our month-long trip, it was time to catch up with the neighbors
catch up with bắt kịp and the news around town.
Page 62 of 117
examine, The boys promised to check up on the condition of the summer house
check up on investigate from time to time.
Đóng góp
(suggestion, After years of giving nothing, the old parishioner was able to come
money) up with a thousand-dollar donation.
come up with Nghĩ ra We’ve come up with how to deal with the problem
We tried to cut down on the money we were spending on
cut down on cắt giảm entertainment.
drop out of leave school I hope none of my students drop out of school this semester.
have a good I found it very hard to get along with my brother when we were
get along with relationship with young.
get away with trốn tội Janik cheated on the exam and then tried to get away with it.
The citizens tried to get rid of their corrupt mayor in the recent
get rid of eliminate election.
get through
with finish When will you ever get through with that program?
keep up with theo kịp It's hard to keep up with the Joneses when you lose your job!
anticipate with
look forward to pleasure I always look forward to the beginning of a new semester.
It's typical of a jingoistic country that the citizens look down on their
look down on khinh thường geographical neighbors.
look in on visit (somebody) We were going to look in on my brother-in-law, but he wasn't home.
be careful, Good instructors will look out for early signs of failure in their
look out for anticipate students
look up to respect First-graders really look up to their teachers.
Make sure of the student's identity before you let him into the
make sure of verify classroom.
The teacher had to put up with a great deal of nonsense from the new
put up with tolerate students.
run out of dựng hết The runners ran out of energy before the end of the race.
be responsible
take care of for My oldest sister took care of us younger children after Mom died.
answer
talk back to impolitely The star player talked back to the coach and was thrown off the team.
think back on recall I often think back on my childhood with great pleasure.
walk out on abandon Her husband walked out on her and their three children.
CÁC CỤM ĐỘNG TỪ (PHRASAL VERB) THƯỜNG GẶP

1. account for: giải thích, kể đến 15. come on= begin: bắt đầu
2. ask for: đũi hỏi 16. come out = appear: xuất hiện
3. break down = fail, collapse: hỏng, suy sụp 17. come about = become lower: giảm xuống, sa
4. break out = start suddenly: bựng nổ, bựng phỏt sỳt
5. bring up = raise and educate: nuụi nấng 18. come over = visit: ghẫ thăm
6. bring about = cause sth to happen: xảy ra, mang 19. come up with: think of: Nghĩ ra
lại 20. cool off: (nhiệt tỡnh) nguội lạnh đi, giảm đi.
7. catch up / catch up with: bắt kịp, theo kịp. 21. count on = investigate, examinate: tớnh, dựa
8. call off: hủy bỏ vào
9. call on = visit: viếng thăm 22. differ from = not be the same: khụng giống với
10. call up: gọi điện 23. fall behind: thụt lựi, tụt lại đằng sau.
11. carry on: tiến hành 24. fill in: điền vào, ghi vào
12. carry out: tiến hành 25. fill out = discover: khỏm phỏ ra
13. catch up with: theo kịp với 26. get over = recover from: vượt qua, khắc phục
14. come along: tiến hành 27. get up: thức dậy
Page 63 of 117
28. get along / get on with sth: have a good 59. make out = understand: hiểu
relationship with sb: hũa thuận 60. make up = invent, put sth together: phỏt minh,
29. give in: nhượng bộ, chịu thua. trộn
30. give up = stop: từ bỏ, bỏ 61. pass away = die: chết
31. go after: theo đuổi 62. put on: mặc (quần ỏo), mang (giày), đội (mũ),
32. go by (thời gian: trụi qua mở (đÌn)
33. go after = chase, pursue: theo đuổi, rượt đuổi 63. put out = make st stop burning, produce: dập
34. go ahead = be carried out: được diễn ra, tiến tắt, sản xuất
hành 64. put off = postpone: hoón lại
35. go along = develop, progress: tiến bộ 65. put up = build: xõy dựng
36. go away: biến mất, tan đi. 66. result in = lead to = cause: gõy ra
37. go back = return: trở lại 67. speak up: núi to, núi thẳng
38. go in: vào, đi vào. 68. set off = begin: khỏi hành
39. go off (chuụng): reo, (sỳng, bom): nổ, (sữa): 69. set up = establish: thành lập
chua, hỏng, (thức ăn), (đÌn) tắt, (máy móc): hư 70. set out/ set off: khởi hành
40. go on = continue: tiếp tục 71. stand by: ủng hộ
41. go over: xem lại 72. stand for: là viết tắt của…
42. go out (ánh sáng, lửa, đÌn): tắt 73. take after = resemble: giống
43. go up: lớn lên, trưởng thành = grow up, (giá 74. take off: cởi (quần ỏo, giày, mũ); (mỏy bay) cất
cả): tăng lên cỏnh
44. go down: (giỏ cả): giảm xuống 75. take over = take responsible for st /V-ing:đảm
45. hold up = stop =delay: hoón lại, ngừng nhận trách nhiệm
46. hurry up: làm gấp 76. take up = start doing: bắt đầu tham gia
47. keep on = continue: tiếp tục 77. try out: thử
48. keep up with: theo kịp, bắt kịp. 78. try on: mặc thử (quần ỏo)
49. lay down: đề ra 79. turn down: gạt bỏ, bỏc bỏ
50. let down: khiến ai thất vọng 80. turn off: khúa, tắt (đÌn, máy móc, động cơ …)
51. lie down: nằm nghỉ 81. turn on: mở (đÌn, máy móc, động cơ …)
52. jot down = make a quick note of something: 82. turn round: quay lại, thay đổi hướng
ghi nhanh 83. turn up: đến = arrive = appear (xuất hiện)
53. look after: chăm sóc 84. wait up (for): thức đợi ai
54. look at: nhỡn 85. wash away: cuốn trôi đi, quột sạch
55. look down on sb = coi thường 86. wash up: rửa bát đĩa.
56. look up to sb = respect: kớnh trọng 87. watch out: đề phũng, chỳ ý
57. look up: tỡm, tra cứu (trong sỏch, từ điển) 88. wipe out = remove, destroy completely: xúa
58. look for: tỡm kiếm bỏ, phỏ hủy

1. What may happen if John will not arrive in time?
A. go along B. count on C. keep away D. turn up
2. Johnny sometimes visits his grandparents in the countryside.
A. calls on B. keeps off C. takes in D. goes up
3. They decided to postpone their journey till the end of the month because of the epidemic.
A. take up B. turn round C put off D. do with
4. The stranger came ………. me and asked, "Is there a post office near here?"
A. on to B away from C. out of D. up to
5. Frankly speaking, your daughter does not take ………….. you at all.
A after B. along C. up D. over
6. She is not really friendly. She does not get on well ____ her classmates.
A from B. with C. for D to
7. I would be grateful if you kept the news ………. yourself. Do not tell anyone about it.
A from B. to C. for D. at
8. I do not use those things any more. You can ………… them away.
A get B. fall C throw D. make
9. They were late for work because their car ………….. down.
A. got B. put C. cut D. broke
Page 64 of 117
10. The authority ………….. down that building to build a supermarket.
A. knocked B. came C. went D. fell
11. I didn't get to see the end of that movie on TV last night. How did it …………. out?
A. go B. make C. bring D. turn
12. I’m not surprised Margaret's ill. With all the voluntary work she's _........, she’s really been doing too much.
A. taken off B. taken on C. taken in D. taken to
13. At present we are __________ an anti-drug campaign.
A. setting up for B. carrying out C. taking part D. joining with
14. At the station, we often see the sigh “…………. for pickpockets”.
A. Watch on B. Watch out C. Watch up D. Watch at
15. Let’s wait here for her; I’m sure she’ll …………………..
A. turn down B. turn off C. turn over D. turn up
16. UNESCO…………. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
A. stands for B. brings about C. takes after D gets across
17. Don't forget to ……………. your gloves on. It is cold outside.
A let B. make C put D. fix
18. The passengers had to wait because the plane……………off one hour late.
A. took B. turned C. cut D. made
19. Be careful! The tree is going to fall.
A. Look out B. Look up C. Look on D. Look after
20. The bomb exploded in the garage; fortunately no one hurt.
A put on B. went off C. got out D. kept up
21. These shoes felt too tight, so I took……………and tried a larger size.
A. away them B. off them C. them away D. them off
22. My father still hasn’t really recovered from the death of my mother.
A went over B. got over C. took over D. looked over
23. I can’t …………… walking. Can we stop and have a short rest?
A go on B. get on C. go up D. get up
24. When you are finished using the computer, can you please …………. it off.
A take B. turn C. do D go
25. When the alarm went off, everyone proceeded calmly to the emergency exits.
A fell B. exploded C. called D. rang
26. Look out. There is a rattlesnake under the picnic table!
A Listen B. Be careful C. Go D. Watch
27. Mrs. Jones's husband passed away fast Friday. We’re all shocked by the news.
A got married B. divorced C. died D. were on business
28. If you want to be healthy. you should …………. your bad habits in your lifestyles
A. give up B call off C break down D get over
29. Watch ………… ! a car is coming
A. out B up C. away D off
30. Try to study harder to catch ……………. your classmates.
A up B. up with C. out D. with
31. Don’t be impatient! I ‘m sure he will turn …………on time
A. up B. round C. on D. off
33. Go _______ this book because it has the information you need.
A. over B. by C. off D. on
34. My husband spends far more time helping our three kids ___ homework and studying for tests than I do.
A. on B. to C. with D. in
35. My husband and I take turns cleaning __ the kitchen depending __ who gets home from work earlier.
A. away / to B. from / in C. up / on D. with / for
36. The efforts for the advancement of women have resulted ________ several respectively achievement in
women's life and work.
A. at B. with C. for D. in
37. The small white flowers are my favorite. They give off a wonderful honey smell that scents the entire
garden.
A. release B. stop C. end D. melt
Page 65 of 117
38. I couldn't make out what he had talked about because I was not used to his accent.
A. stand B. understand C. write D. interrupt
39. I'm sorry. I didn't mean to interrupt you. Please, go on and finish what you were saying.
A. talk B. quit C. continue D. stop
40. The firefighters fought the blaze while the crowd was looking on it.
A. blowing B. watering C. preventing D. Watching
TUẦN 6: - Communication
- Reading
- Writing
I. COMMUNICATION
1.MẪU CÂU ĐỀ NGHỊ NGƯỜI KHÁC GIÚP: (Making request)
Đề nghị Trả lời
- V-inf…! - Certainly. - I’m sorry. I can’t. I’m busy. (I

have
- V-inf…., please! - Of course. something else to do.)
- Please + V-inf …! - Sure - I’m sorry. I don’t know how to
do it.
- Can you + V-inf…? - No problem.
- Could you + V-inf…? - What can I do for you?
- Would you please + V-inf…? - How can I help you?
- Will you + V-inf…? - By all means.
- I wonder if you’d/could + V-inf - Yes, with pleasure
…?
* Riêng với mẫu: - No, I don’t mind.
- Would/Do you mind + V-ing…? - No, of course not.
- Not at all.
1. MẪU CÂU ĐỀ NGHỊ GIÚP NGƯỜI KHÁC: (Making offer)
Đề nghị Trả lời
- Can I help you? - Yes/No. Thank you
- Shall I + V-inf…? - That’s very kind of you.
- What can I do for you? - Don’t worry! I’ll do it.
- May I help you? - That would be great.
- Do you need any help? - Oh, would you really? Thanks a lot.
- Let me help you - Well, that’s very kind of you, but I think I can manage, thanks.
- No, thank you. I can manage.
2. MẪU CÂU XIN PHÉP NGƯỜI KHÁC: (Asking for permission)
- May I + V-inf …?
- Can I + V-inf …?
- Would you mind if I + V (chia quá khứ đơn)?
Xin phép - Do you mind if I + V (chia hiện tại đơn)?
- Excuse-me! May I + V-inf…?
- Do you think I could + V-inf…?
- I wonder if I could + V-inf…?
- Is it all right if I could/can + V-inf …?
- Certainly.
Đồng ý - Of course.
- Please do.
Trả lời - Please go ahead.
- Sure.
Page 66 of 117
- I'd rather you didn't.
Không - I'd prefer you didn't.
đồng ý - No, I'm afraid you can't.
- I'm sorry, but you can't.
3. MẪU CÂU "RỦ"/GỢI Ý: (Making suggestion)

Câu "rủ"/gợi ý Trả
lời
- Let's + V-inf …?
- Why don't we + V-inf …? - Yes, let's.
- Shall we + V-inf …? - No, let's not.
- How about + V-ing…? - That's a good idea.
- What about + V-ing…? - Yes, definitely.
- I think we should + V-inf… - Sure, why not?
- I suggest that we + V-inf… - By all means.
- It might be a good idea if we + V-inf… - That's probably the best option.
- I think the best way of dealing with this situation wou be +
to V-inf…
- If you ask me, I think we should/could + V-inf…
4. MẪU CÂU CẢM ƠN: (Saying thanks)
Câu cảm ơn Trả lời
- Thank you. - You're welcome.
- Thank you very much. - That's all right.
- Thanks a lot. - Not at all.
- Thanks a lot for (N/V-ing). - It's my pleasure.
- It's very kind of you. - Don't mention it.
5. MẪU CÂU XÁC ĐỊNH LẠI THÔNG TIN: (Confirming information)
- Pardon (me)!
- Please say that again!
- Excuse-me! What did you say?
- Could you repeat that?
6. MẪU CÂU MỜI: (Making invitation)
Câu mời Trả
lời
Mời ăn uống - Would you like + món ăn/uống? - Yes, please.
- No, thanks.
- Would you like + to V-inf…? - Yes, I'd love to. (Thanks)
- Do you fancy + V-ing…? - That's very kind of you, thanks.
Mời đi - Do you feel like + V-ing…? - That sounds lovely (interesting).
đâu/làm gì - That's a good idea. Thanks.
- That would be great. Thanks.
- I'm sorry. I'm afraid I can't.
- That's very kind of you, but…
7. MẪU CÂU CHÚC MỪNG: (Congratulating others)
Câu kể Trả lời (câu chúc mừng)
- I've passed the entrance exam. - You did a great job!
- I've got a driving licence. - Congratulations!
- …………………. - Excellent!
- Well done!
8. MẪU CÂU XIN LỖI:
Câu xin lỗi Trả lời
Page 67 of 117
- I'm very/extremely/awfully/terribly + sorry - That's all right, ok.
- Sorry. It's/was my fault. - Not too worried!
- I do apologise. - No need to apologize.
- Please accept my apologies. - Don't worry about it!
- I'm sorry for + N/V-ing - Never mind!
9. MẪU CÂU THỂ HIỆN LỜI KHEN: (Compliments)

Câu thể hiện lời khen Trả lời
- You really have + positive adjective + Noun.
- I've never seen such a perfect thing on you. - It's very kind of you to say so, thank you!
- Your + noun + is/was + positive adjective + - Thank you. That's a nice compliment.
complement - Thanks. I think I've finally found (the color, the style,
- You are a/an + positive adjective + the way…) that + Verb…
complement - I'm glad you like it, thanks.
- What (a/an) + positive adjective + Noun! - You've got to be kidding./You must be kidding. I
- How + positive adjective/adverb + subject + thought it was terrible,
Verb!
10. MẪU CÂU THỂ HIỆN Ý PHỤ HỌA: (Expressing the sameidea)
- Mệnh đề ở dạng khẳng định: "so + V-aux + subject".
"…, subject + V-aux, too".
- Mệnh đề ở dạnh phủ định: "neither + V-aux + subject".
"…, subject + V-aux + not, either".
11. CÁC MẪU CÂU HỎI THÔNG DỤNG:
Đôi khi đề thi cũng đưa ra các câu hỏi này. Phần này được cung cấp nhằm giúp học sinh ôn lại các câu hỏi
thường gặp.
Câu hỏi Trả

lời
- What (gì) Dùng các danh từ chỉ vật
- Who (ai) Dùng các danh từ chỉ người
- What time (mấy giờ) Dùng các danh từ chỉ giờ
- What…for? (để làm gì) Dùng các cụm: to V-inf, in order to, so as to, so that,
in order that…
- Where (ở đâu) Dùng các trạng từ chỉ nơi chốn
- Why (tại sao) Dùng các từ chỉ lý do (because, as, due to…)
- Which (chọn lựa trong tập hợp biết trước) Dùng các từ chỉ đối tượng cần chọn
- When (khi nào) Dùng các từ chỉ thời gian
- How (phương tiện di chuyển) Dùng các từ chỉ phương tiện
- How (thế nào) Dùng tính từ, trạng từ
Dùng các trạng từ tần suất (sometimes, never…), số
- How often (tần suất, bao lâu 1 lần) lần (once, twice, times…)
- How + tính từ: mang nghĩa…như thế nào
(how far, how fast, how tall, how old…) Xem tính từ sau "how" hỏi gì thì trả lời cái đó
- How many (bao nhiêu) (đi với danh từ đếm được,
số nhiều) Dùng các từ chỉ số lượng, giá tiền.
- How much (bao nhiêu) (đi với danh từ không
đếm được, số ít hoặc giá tiền)
* PHẦN II: BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
1. “Thank you for taking the time to come here in person. ” “........................... ”
A. It’s my pleasure. B. I don’t know what time that person comes.
C. I’d love to come. What time? D. Do you have time for some gossip?
2. “I have a terrible headache. ” “........................... ”
Page 68 of 117
A. Maybe I’m not going to the doctor’s. B. Not very well. Thanks.
C. Maybe you should take a rest. D. Not bad. I’m going to the doctor’s.
3. “Do you want me to help you with those suitcases?” “........................... ”
A. Of course, not for me. B. No, I can’t help you now.
C. No, those aren’t mine. D. No, I can manage them myself.
4. “What does it cost to get to Manchester?” “........................... ”
A. It’s interesting to travel to Manchester. B. It depends on how you go.
C. I always go by train. D. I don’t like to go by train.
5. “........................... ” “Yes. Do you have any shirts?”
A. Could you do me a favour? B. Oh, dear. What a nice shirt!
C. May I help you? D. White, please.
6. “What’s the best place to eat lunch?” “........................... ”
A. I’ll have soup, please.
B. There’s a great restaurant at the corner of the street.
C. I usually eat lunch at twelve.
D. Twelve would be convenient.
7. “Maybe you can take a vacation next month. ” “........................... ”
A. Nothing special. B. You’re welcome.
C. It’s very expensive. D. I don’t think so. I’m teaching all summer.
8. “What do you think of your new DVD player?” “........................... ”
A. I love it. B. My brother gave it to me.
C. It was a gift from my brother. D. I always put it there.
9. “How long you been recently?” “........................... ”
A. It’s too late now. B. Pretty busy, I think.
C. By bus, I think. D. No, I;ll not be busy.
10. “Do you need a knife and a fork?” “........................... ”
A. No, I’ll just use a frying pan. B. No, I’ll just use chopsticks.
C. No, I’ll just use a can opener. D. No, I’ll use a cooker.
1. “You’re so patient with us. ” “........................... ”
A. Thanks, that’s nice of you to say so. B. Thanks. Have a nice trip.
C. I’m fine, thanks. D. I know. I have trouble controlling my temper.
2. “Can I try your new camera?” “........................... ”
A. I’m sorry I can’t. Let’s go now. B. Sure. I’d love to.
C. Sure. But please be careful with it. D. I’m sorry. I’m home late.
3. “........................... ” “Yes, about ten cigarettes a day. ”
A. Do you smoke? B. What’s the mater?
C. Anything else? D. Well, you should stop smoking.
4. “How well do you play?” “........................... ”
A. Yes, I used to play tennis. B. I don’t play very often.
C. No, I don’t play very well. D. Pretty well, I think.
5. “........................... ” “No, nothing special. ”
A. Did you watch the live show last weekend?
B. Did you do anything special last weekend?
C. Did you have a great time last weekend?
D. Did you go anywhere last weekend?
6. “Didn’t you go to the conference?” “........................... ”
A. No, I went there with my friends. B. That sounds nice, but I can’t.
C. Dom’t worry. I’ll go there. D. I did, but I didn’t stay long.
7. “........................... ” “No, thank you. That’ll be all. ”
A. What would you like? B. It’s very kind of you to help me.
C. Would yolu like anything else? D. What kind of food do you like?
8. “What was the last present that you received?” “........................... ”
A. fashion hat. B. It depends on the situation.
C. Several times. D. I think it’s OK.
9. “Let me drive you home. ” “........................... ”
Page 69 of 117
A. No problem. B. Don’t worry. I’m all right.
C. I ususally drive home at five. D. It’s me.
10. “May I leave a message for Ms. Davis. ” “........................... ”
A. I’m afraid she’s not here at the moment.
B. No, she’s not here now.
C. She’s leaving a message to you now.
D. Yes, I’ll make sure she gets it.
1. “Your boss looks like the aggressive type. ” “........................... ”
A. Yes, he really wants to get ahead. B. Yes, he’s quite gentle.
C. Really? I’ve never seen him lie. D. Right. He’s so quiet.
2. “How can this dress be so expensive?” “........................... ”
A. Yes, it’s the most expensive. B. What an expensive dress!
C. You’re paying for the brand. D. That’s a good idea.
3. “I get impatient when the teacher doesn’t tell us the answers. ” “........................... ”
A. Yes, it’s hard to think of the answers. B. Yes, I wish she’d hurry up.
C. Yes, she should know the answers. D. Yes, she speaks too quickly.
4. “Did you play tennis last weekend?” “........................... ”
A. It’s my favourite sport. B. I worked.
C. Do you like it? D. Would you like to come with me?
5. “May I speak to the manager?” “........................... ”
A. He always comes late. He is not very well. B. Thank you. Good bye.
C. I’m afraid he’s not in. Can I take a message? D. I’m afraid not. He works very hard.
6. “Where’s the view? The advertisement said this place has a great view of the sea. ” “........................... ”
A. It has good facilities. B. It’s convenient to see it.
C. You can find it very convenient. D. You can see it from the back.
7. “Why did you turn the air conditioner on?” “........................... ”
A. I think it’s bad codntion. B. I can’t see anything.
C. It’s a little hot in here. D. It’s a good idea.
8. “There’s a baseball game tonight. ” “........................... ”
A. Great. Let’s go. B. I’m not a real fan of hers.
C. Don’t mention it. D. Thanks, I’d love to.
9. “........................... ” Yes. I do. I like them a lot. ”
A. What do you think of tennis. B. Do you like sport.
C. Do you prefer tennis or badminton? D. How often you play tennis?
10. “........................... ” “No, I’m not. I feel awful. ”
A. How are you? B. Are you feeling OK?
C. Is there anything wrong? D. What’s the matter?
1. “Where will you go on vacation?” “........................... ”
A. Probably to the beach. B. The beach is nice, isn’t it?
C. Probably I won’t think of. D. I have a four-day vacation.
2. “........................... ” “I think the vase is broken. ”
A. Can I help you? B. Why is it so expensive.
C. What is it? D. What’s wrong with it?
3. “What do you do for a living?” “........................... ”
A. I get a high salary, you know. B. I want to be a doctor, I guess.
C. I work in a bank. D. It’s hard work, you know.
4. “I wonder if you could do something for me. ” “........................... ”
A. It depends on what it is. B. What’s it like.
C. No, thanks. D. I’m afraid I won’t come.
5. “Haven’t you put an advertisement in the paper yet?” “........................... ”
A. I’m not sure. Really? B. I will, the first thing in the afternoon.
C. I’m with you there D. I can get a paper for you right now.
6. “Have you noticed that the manager wears something green every day?” “........................... ”
A. I know. He’s a good manager. B. Sure. He will do that.
Page 70 of 117
C. I know. He must like green. D. He’d rather do that.
7. “........................... ” “No, I don’t play the piano. ”
A. What kind of music do you like? B. Do you play the piano.
C. Do you earn a lot by playing the piano? D. What kind of music do you like?
8. “Excuse me. I’m your new neighbor. I just moved in. ” “........................... ”
A. Sorry, I don’t know. B. Oh, I don’t think so.
C. I’m afraid not. D. Where to, sir?
9. “How about an evening riverboat tour?” “........................... ”
A. No, it’s good to do so.
B. Actually I’ve never gone on an evening riverboat tour.
C. No, I’ve never gone an evening riverboat tour.
D. Actually I’ve gone twice this week.
10. “Can you come over after the show?” “........................... ”
A. That would be nice. B. No, I didn’t.
C. Please, go ahead. D. Why don’t we go to the show?
II. READING
KỸ NĂNG ĐỌC (READING SKILLS)
• Đầu tiên, đọc chậm tất cả văn bản mà không điền bất kỳ khoảng trống nào. Đọc nó hai hoặc ba lần cho
đến khi bạn hiểu rõ văn bản nói về điều gì.
• Sau đó chỉ hoàn thành những khoảng trống mà bạn hoàn toàn chắc chắn.
• Tiếp theo hãy thử và tìm xem những từ còn thiếu trong các khoảng trống còn lại là gì. Xem phần nào
của bài phát biểu có thể phù hợp với mỗi khoảng trống (mạo từ?, đại từ?, danh từ?, trạng từ?, tính từ?,
giới từ?, liên từ?, động từ?) và đặc biệt chú ý đến ngữ pháp xung quanh các từ trong mỗi khoảng trống.
*. Một vài mẹo làm bài đọc hiểu cho học sinh: "Các bài đọc hiểu trong thi THPT Quốc gia thường có câu hỏi đầu
về "topic" - chủ đề, "main idea" - ý chính hoặc "best title" - tiêu đề. Với loại câu hỏi này, các em có thể tập trung
tìm ý chính ở đoạn mở đầu hay đoạn kết bài là đoạn giới thiệu và tổng kết ý chính của toàn bài. Ngoài ra các em
có thể để câu này sau khi xử lý các câu hỏi khác của bài đọc và hiểu nội dung bài chuẩn xác. Với các câu hỏi
"Not true", "Not mentioned" các em có thể dùng phương pháp loại trừ để tìm ra ý sai hoặc không được đề cập
trong bài đọc."
Câu Tiêu đề => không đọc đáp án, đọc câu đầu mỗi đoạn
-từ đc lặp lại nhiều lần ở đầu mỗi đoạn => phải có ở đáp án
-Loại các đáp án mà chỉ nêu một ý nhỏ
Câu Hỏi chi tiết => không đọc đáp án => chỉ đọc câu hỏi, tìm từ khóa => dò từ khóa trong bài đọc =>
khoanh vùng câu trả lời => đọc các đáp án để đối chiếu
Từ gần nghĩa
Câu Đại từ “which”… => tìm nhanh đại từ trong bài văn => đọc xung quanh nó => thường là thay cho
đáp án đứng phía trước.
Câu hỏi “NOT mentioned” = “EXCEPT” => tìm từ khóa (đó là các từ của đáp án) => đáp án là cái
không có trong bài văn
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word or phrase that best fits each of the blank:
PASSAGE 1
Some time ago, scientists began experiments to find out (1)______ it would be possible to set up a “village”
under the sea. A special room was built and lowered (2)______ the water of Port Sudan in the Red Sea. For 29
days, five men lived (3)______ a depth of 40 feet. At a (4)______ lower level, another two divers stayed for a
week in a smaller “house”. On returning to the surface, the men said that they had experienced no difficulty in
breathing and had (5)______ many interesting scientific observations. The captain of the party, Commander
Cousteau, spoke of the possibility of (6)______ the seabed. He said that some permanent stations were to be set
up under the sea, and some undersea farms would provide food for the growing population of the world.
The divers in both “houses” spent most of their time (7)______ the bottom of the sea. On four occasions,
they went down to 360 feet and observed many extraordinary (8)______ of the marine life, some of which had
never been seen before. During their stay, Commander Cousteau and his divers reached a depth of 1,000 feet and
witnessed a gathering of an immense (9)______ of crabs which numbered, perhaps, hundreds of millions. They
also found out that it was (10)______ to move rapidly in the water in a special vessel known as a “diving saucer”.
Page 71 of 117
1. A. which B. what C. how D. whether
2. A. underneath B. into C. down D. below
3. A. in B. at C. on D. from
4. A. any B. more C. much D. some
5. A. made B. exercised C. caught D. done
6. A. implanting B. transplanting C. growing D. cultivating
7. A. inquiring B. exploring C. imploring D. enquiring
8. A. systems B. forms C. breeds D. castes
9. A. pack B. herd C. school D. flock
10. A. able B. possible C. hardly D. capable
PASSAGE 2
Read the following passage and choose among A, B, C or D the correct answer to each of the questions.
There has been much debate over the past few decades concerning fears that nation will lead to robots
replacing human workers on a massive scale.
The increasing use of robotics, computers and artificial intelligence is a reality, but its full implications
are far from cut and dried. Some forecasts present the future in a utopian way, claiming that robots will take
over the tedious heavy work thus freeing up human time and potential, allowing for more creativity and
innovation w the other end of spectrum are those who foresee an employment apocalypse, predicting that
almost fifty percent of all American jobs could vanish within the next few decades. Former Microsoft chairman
Bill Gates states that in 20 years robots could be in place in a number of job categories, particularly those at
lower end of the scale in terms of skills.
The bottom line is that while the future is always uncertain, robots are a fixture of our society, which is
not going to disappear. As with the Industrial Revolution, where machines were utilized in many tasks in place
of manual laborers and social upheaval followed, the Digital Revolution is likely to place robots in various jobs.
In spite of that, many of today's jobs were not in existence before the Industrial Revolution, such as those of
programmers, engineers and data scientists. This leads other experts to criticize this alarmist approach of robot
scare-mongering, which is invariably compared to the 19th-century "Luddites". This group was textile workers
who feared being displaced by machines and resorted to violence, burning down factories and destroying
industrial equipment - their rejection of inevitable progress has come to symbolize mindless ignorance.
Needless to say, exactly what new kinds of jobs might exist in the future is difficult to envision at
present. Therefore, the crux of the issue is not whether jobs will be lost, but whether the creation of new
vacancies will outpace the ever-increasing number of losses and what skills will be required in the future.
It is clearly not all doom and gloom, as demand for employees with skills in data analysis, coding,
computer science, artificial intelligence and human-machine interface is rising and will continue to do so.
Furthermore, the demand for skills in Jobs where humans surpass computers, such as those involving care,
creativity and innovative craftmanship, are likely to increase considerably. Ultimately, the key lies in the
adaptation of the workforces, through appropriate education and training, to keep pace with our world's
technological progress.
1. What is the main concern associated with technological advances in the workplace?
A. safety at work B. increased unemployment
C. the use of artificial intelligence D. robots taking over the world
2. What do optimists predict technology will allow?
A. workplaces to become more relaxing B. a greater enjoyment of life
C. flexible working hours D. higher quality products
3. What can be inferred from the comments made by Bill Gates?
A. Changes will occur for many decades.
B. There will be increasing amounts of unskilled workers.
C. Highly skilled workers have less to worry about.
D. Technology will have a negative effect in the workplace.
4. Why is the example of the Industrial Revolution given?
A. It was also a time of great change in the workplace.
B. It had far less of an effect than the Digital Revolution.
C. It lead to widespread unemployment in the world.
D. It resulted in a more violent society.
5. What is the modern-day view of the Luddites?
Page 72 of 117
A. They managed to protect their jobs.
B. Their refusing to adapt to change is seen in a negative way.
C. Their adapting to new technology saved their jobs.
D. Their actions are inspiring many workers today.
6. Which of the following is closest in meaning to crux in paragraph 4?
A. The most complex part B. The hidden message
C. The least understood part D. The most important part
7. According to the article, which quality will technology never be able to replace?
A. teamwork B. human compassion
C. the desire to manufacture goods D. human intelligence
8. What is the main idea of this article?
A. There are few negative consequences to the Digital Revolution.
B. Learning about technology is a natural part of human development.
C. Workers will need to adapt to technological changes.
D. Unemployment will increase dramatically as technology advances.
PASSAGE 3
In addition to providing energy, fats have other functions in the body. The fat-soluble vitamins, A, D, E, and K,
are dissolved in fats, as their name implies. Good source of these vitamins have high oil or fat content, and the
vitamins are stored in the body’s fatty tissues. In the diet, fats cause food to remain longer in the stomach, thus
increasing the feeling of fullness for some time after a meal is eaten.
Fats add variety, taste and texture to foods, which accounts for the popularity of fried foods. Fatty deposits
in body have an insulating and protective value. The curves of the human female body are due mostly to
strategically located fat deposits. Whether a certain amount of fat in the diet is essential to human health is not
definitely known. When rats are fed a fat-free diet, their growth eventually ceases, their skin becomes inflamed
and scaly and their reproductive systems are damaged. Two fatty acids, linoleic and arachidonic acids, prevents
these abnormalities and hence are called essential fatty acids. They also required by a number of other animals,
but their roles in human beings are debatable. Most nutritionists consider linoleic fatty acid an essential nutrient
for humans.
Question 1: The passage probably appears in which of the following?

A. A diet book B. A book on basic nutrition
C. A cook book D. A popular women’s magazine
Question 2: The word “functions” is closest in meaning to .
A. forms B. needs C. jobs D. sources
Question 3: All of the following vitamins are stored in the body’s fatty tissues EXCEPT_____.
A. vitamin A B. vitamin D C. vitamin B D. vitamin E
Question 4: The phrase “stored in” is closet in meaning to .
A. manufactured in B. attached to C. measured by D. accumulated in
Question 5: The author states that fats serve all of the following body functions EXCEPT to_____.
A. promote the feeling of fullness B. insulate and protect the body
C. provide energy D. control weight gain.
Question 6: The word “essential” is closest in meaning to .
A. required for B. desired for C. similar to D. beneficial to
Question 7: Which of the following is true for rats when they are fed a fat-free diet?
A. They stop growing B. They have more babies
C. They lose body hair D. They require less care
Question 8:Linoleic fatty acid is mentioned as .
A. an essential nutrient for humans B. more useful than arachidonic acid
C. prevent weight gain in rats D. a nutrient found in most foods
Question 9: The phrases “abnormalities” refers to .
A. a condition caused by fried foods.
B. strategically located fat deposits
C. curves of the human female body
D. end of growth, bad skin, and damaged reproductive systems.
Question 10: That humans should all have some fat in our diets is .
A. a commonly held view B. not yet a proven fact
Page 73 of 117
C. only true for women D. proven to be true by experiments on rats
PASSAGE 4
COLORS AND EMOTIONS
Colors are one of the most exciting experiences in life. I love them, and they are just as important to me
as emotions are. Have you ever wondered how the two are so intimately related?
Color directly affects your emotions. Color both reflects the current state of your emotions, and is
something that you can use to improve or change your emotions. The color that you choose to wear either reflects
your current state of being, or reflects the color or emotion that you need.
The colors that you wear affect you much more than they affect the people around you. Of course they
also affect anyone who looks at or sees you, but you are the one saturated with the color all day! I even choose
items around me based on their color. In the morning, I choose my clothes based on the color or emotion that I
need for the day. So you can consciously use color to control the emotions that you are exposed to, which can
help you to feel better.
Colors, sound, and emotions are all vibrations. Emotions are literally energy in motion; they are meant to
move and flow. This is the reason why real feelings are the fastest way to get your energy in motion. Also, flowing
energy is exactly what creates healthy cells in your body. So, the fastest way to be healthy is to be open to your
real feelings. Alternately, the fastest way to create disease is to inhibit your emotions.
Question 1: What is the main idea of the passage?

A. Colorful clothes can change your mood.
B. Emotions and colors are closely related to each other.
C. Colors can help you become healthy.
D. Colors are one of the most exciting.
Question 2: Which of the following can be affected by color?
A. Your need for thrills. B. Your friend’s feeling
C. Your appetite. D. Your mood.
Question 3: Who is more influenced by colors you wear?
A. The people around you are more influenced.
B. Neither A nor C.
C. You are more influenced.
D. Both A and C.
Question 4: According to the passage, what do color, sound, and emotion all have in common?
A. They all affect the cells of the body.
B. are all forms of motion.
C. They are all related to health.
D. None of the above
Question 5: According to this passage, what creates disease?
A. Wearing the color black B. Exposing yourself to bright colors
C. Being open to your emotions D. Inhibiting your emotions
Question 6: The word “intimately” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to:
A. clearly B. closely C. obviously D. simply
Question 7: The word “they” in paragraph 3 refers to………
A. emotions B. people C. colors D. none of the above
Question 8: Why does the author mention that color and emotions are both vibrations?
A. To show how color can affect energy levels in the body.
B. Because they both affect how we feel.
C. To prove the relationship between emotions and color.
D. Because vibrations make you healthy.
Question 9: The phrase “saturated with” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to……………
A. bored with B. in need of C. covered with D. lacking in
Question 10: What is the purpose of the passage?
A. To persuade the reader that colors can influence emotions and give a person move energy.
B. To show that colors are important for a healthy life.
C. To give an objective account of how colors affect emotions.
D. To prove the relationship between color and emotion.
Page 74 of 117
III. WRITING
SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION
1. Conditionals
2. Relative clauses
3. Reported speech
4. Inversion
5. Adverbial clauses
6. Using modal verbs
7. Cleft sentences
8. Active and passive
9. Tenses transformation
10. Comparison
PRACTICE EXERCISE: Choose the best answer

1. He was sentenced to six months in prison for his part in the robbery
A. He received a six months in prison for his part in the robbery.
B. He received a six-month sentence for his part in the robbery.
C. For his participation in the robbery, he had been in prison for six months.
D. For his participation in the robbery, a prison had been given to him for six months.
2. Madeleine wears high heels to look taller.
A. In order to look taller, Madeleine wears high heels.
B. So that to look taller, Madeleine wears high heels.
C. Madeleine wants high heels to make her taller. D. Madeleine buys high heels to look taller.
3. He started learning French six years ago.
A. He has learned French for six years. B. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
C. He hasn’t learnt French for six years. D. It is six years since he has learnt French.
4. People believed he won a lot of money on the lottery.
A. He is believed that he won a lot of money on the lottery.
B. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
C. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.
D. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.
5. “Leave my house now or I’ll call the police!” shouted the lady to the man.
A. The lady threatened to call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
B. The lady said that she would call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
C. The lady told the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house.
D. The lady informed the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house
6. “You should have finished the report by now” John told his secretary.
A. John reproached his secretary for not having finished the report.
B. John said that his secretary had not finished the report.
C. John reminded his secretary of finishing the report on time.
D. John scolded his secretary for not having finished the report
7. “I will pay back the money, Gloria.” Said Ivan.
A. Ivan apologized to Gloria for borrowing her money. B. Ivan offered to pay Gloria the money back.
C. Ivan promised to pay back Gloria’s money. D. Ivan suggested paying back the money to Gloria.
8. The woman was too weak to lift the basket.
A. Although she was weak, she could lift the basket.
B. The woman shouldn't have lifted the basket because she was so weak.
C. She was so weak that she couldn't lift the basket.
D. The woman lifted the basket, so she wasn't very weak.
9. "If I were you, I would take a break," Tom said to Daisy.
A. Tom wanted to take a break with Daisy. B. Tom advised Daisy to take a break.
C. Tom suggested not taking a break. D. Tom wanted to take a break, and so did Daisy.
10. They got success since they took my advice.
Page 75 of 117
A. They took my advice, and failed. B. If they did not take my advice, they would not get success.
C. But for taking my advice, they would not have got success.
D. My advice stopped them from getting success.
11. I am very interested in the book you lent me last week.
A. The book is interesting enough for you to lend me last week.
B. It was the interesting book which you lent me last week.
C. The book which you lent me last week is too interesting to read.
D. The book that you lent me last week interests me a lot
12. They did not let me in because I was not a member of the club.
A. They invited me although I was not a member of the club.
B. They did not allow me to enter because I was not a member of the club.
C. They invited me to the clubs as if I had been a member.
D. They asked me to get out of the club because I was not a member.
13. His eel soup is better than any other soups I have ever eaten.
A. Of all the soups I have ever eaten, his eel soup is the best.
B. I have ever eaten many soups that are better than his eel soup.
C. His eel soup is the worst of all soups I have eaten.
D. His eel soup is good but I have ever eaten many others better.
14. The last time I went to the museum was a year ago.
A. I have not been to the museum for a year. B. A year ago, I often went to the museum.
C. My going to the museum lasted a year. D. At last I went to the museum after a year
15. They are not allowed to go out in the evening by their parents.
A. Their parents do not want them to go out in the evening.
B. Their parents never let them to go out in the evening.
C. Going out in the evening is permitted by their parents.
D. Although their parents do not allow, they still go out in the evening.
16. This is the first time I attend such an enjoyable wedding party.
A. The first wedding party I attended was enjoyable.
B. I had the first enjoyable wedding party.
C. My attendance at the first wedding party was enjoyable.
D. I have never attended such an enjoyable wedding party before.
17. I have not met her for three years.
A. The last time I met her was three years ago. B. It is three years when I will meet her.
C. I did not meet her three years ago. D. During three years, I met her once.
18. "How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!" Peter said to Mary.
A. Peter promised to buy Mary a beautiful dress.
B. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
C. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.
D. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress.
19. Barry continued to smoke even though we had advised him to quit.
A. Barry took our advice so he stopped smoking.
B. If we had advised Barry, he would have quit smoking.
C. Barry did not quit smoking because of our advice.
D. Despite being told not to smoke, Barry continued to do.
20. Many people think Steve stole the money.
A. It was not Steve who stole the money. B. Steve is thought to have stolen the money.
C. Many people think the money is stolen by Steve. D. The money is thought to be stolen by Steve.
21. Mary tried to keep calm although she was very disappointed.
A. Mary was too disappointed to keep calm.
B. Disappointed as she was, Mary tried to keep calm.
C. Mary lost her temper because of her disappointment.
D. Feeling disappointed, Mary tried to keep calm, but she failed.
22. Even though it was raining heavily, the explorers decided to continue their journey.
A. It rained so heavily that the explorers could not continue their journey.
B. The explorers put off their journey due to the heavy rain.
Page 76 of 117
C. The heavy rain could not prevent the explorers from continuing their journey.
D. If it had rained heavily, the explorers would not have continued their journey.
23. Housewives do not have to spend a lot of time doing housework any more.
A. Housework will never be done by housewives any more.
B. Housewives have to spend more and more time to do housework.
C. Never have housewives spent as much time doing housework as they do now.
D. No longer do housewives have to spend a lot of time doing housework.
24. Because it was an interesting novel, I stayed up all night to finish it.
A. I stayed up all night to finish the novel, therefore, it was interesting.
B. Unless it were an interesting novel, I would stay up all night to finish it.
C. Though it was an interesting novel, I stayed up all night to finish it.
D. So interesting was the novel that I stayed up all night to finish it.
25. He cannot afford a new computer.
A. The new computer is so expensive that he cannot buy it.
B. Therefore, he would buy a new computer.
C. So, he would buy a new computer. D. The new computer is so expensive but he can buy it.
26. The roads were slippery because it snowed heavily.
A. It snowed too heavily to make the roads slippery.
B. The heavy snow prevented the roads from-being slippery.
C. Thanks to the slip of the roads, it snowed heavily. D. The heavy snow made the roads slippery.
27. I did not understand what the lecturer was saying because I had not read his book.
A. What the lecturer wrote and said was too difficult for me to understand.
B. The lecturer's book which I had not read was difficult to understand.
C. I found it very difficult to understand what the lecturer said in his book.
D. I would have understood what the lecturer was saying if I had read his book.
28. Because they made too many mistakes, they failed in the exam
A. They made very many mistakes that they failed in the exam
B. They made too many mistake for them to fail in the exam
C. They made so many mistakes that they failed in the exam
D. They made such many mistakes that they failed in the exam
29. She locked the door so as not to be disturbed
A. She locked the door in order that she wouldn’t be disturbed
B. She locked the door to be not disturbed
C. She locked the door for her not to be disturbed
D. She locked the door so that not to not to be disturbed
30. Fewer people came to the meeting than we had expected
A. Too many people came to the meeting B. There were more people at the meeting than we had expected
C. We had expected more people to come to the meeting
D. There were not enough seats for all people as we had expected
31. Nancy isn’t used to walking so far
A. Nancy used to walk farther B. Nancy doesn’t like to walk so far
C. Nancy isn’t accustomed to walking very far D. Nancy needed help to walk so far
32. I do apologize for my forgetting your birthday
A. I did forget your birthday B. I am really sorry I forgot your birthday
C. I am not sorry at all because I remember your birthday D. I never apologize for my forgetting birthday
33. The coffee was not strong. It didn’t keep us awake
A. The coffee was very strong, but it couldn’t keep us awake
B. We were kept awake because the coffee was strong
C. The coffee was not strong enough to keep us awake
D. The coffee was so hot that it didn’t keep us awake
34. The hostess made every effort to see that her guests got the foods and drinks they wanted
A. The hostess tried hard to please her guests
B. Neither The guests nor the hostess had the foods and drinks they wanted
C. the guests refused the foods and drinks prepared by the hostess
D. The hostess was reluctant
Page 77 of 117
35. Jane hardly ever enjoyed eating vegetables
A. she enjoys eating vegetables B. She has fun of growing vegetables
C. She almost never eats vegetables D. She sells vegetables for living
36. Ann never wants to see another horror film
A. Ann hasn’t seen a horror films B. Ann has enjoyed all horror films she has seen
C. Ann is tired of seeing all horror films D. She is anxious not to miss the next horror film
37. I find it impossible not to worry about Lan
A. I can’t help feeling worried about Lan
B. I feel worried about Lan, but I can’t do anything to help
C. I can’t do nothing to help Lan although I feel worried about her
D. I’m unable to worry about Lan
38. You’d better take a taxi; it was raining hard outside
A. You’d better take a taxi in case it was raining
B. She advised us to take a taxi because it was raining outside
C. She gave us a lift because it was raining heavily D. She didn’t lend us any raincoats but a taxi
39. My brother and I go to that school
A. I went to that school and my brother, too B. I went to that school and so my brother did
C. I went to that school and so did my brother D. I went to that school and so my brother did, too
40. The meeting was put off because of pressure of time
A. There was not enough time to hold the meeting
B. people wanted to get away, so the meeting began early
C. The meeting was planned to start in a short time
D. The meeting lasted much longer than usual
41. When they arrived, the good seats were already taken
A. They didn’t get good seats because they arrived too late
B. They arrived late enough to get good seats
C. They had to stand for the whole show
D. We couldn’t get good seats although we arrived early
42. They would never have accepted his money if they had known his plans
A. They knew what he wanted to do, so they refused his money
B. They agreed with his wishes because they were glad to have his money
C. They didn’t know his plans and never took money from him
D. They took the money he offered them without realizing his purpose
43. He could not afford to buy the car
A. He couldn’t buy the car because it was too expensive B. He bought the car because it was expensive C.
He bought the car though it was expensive D. He had enough money but he didn’t buy the car
44. Tam is not good at English and neither am I
A. Neither Tam nor I am good at English B. Either Tam or I am good at English
C. I’m not as good at English as Tam is D. Tam isn’t good at English but I am
45. I’m always nervous when I travel by air
A. I feel safe when I travel by air B. I’ve never travel by air because sometimes feel nervous
C. Traveling by air always makes me nervous D. I always feel nervous, so I never travel by air
46. “Let’s go on a walking today?”, said Trang
A. Jane suggested going on a walking B. Jane wanted us to going on a walking
C. Jane suggested to go on a walking D. Jane allow us to go on a walking
47. “ I’m sorry I have to leave so early” he said
A. He apologized for having to leave early B. He apologize that he has to leave early
C. He apologized on having to leave early D. He apologize of having to leave early
48. “Why don’t you put a better lock on the door?" said John.
A. John suggested put a better lock on the door. B. John asked why not putting a better lock on the door.
C. John suggested putting a better lock on the door. D. John made us put a better lock on the door.
49. Although his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
A. Despite his legs to be broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
B. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before exploding.
Page 78 of 117
C. Despite his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
D. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before it exploded.
50. I haven’t eaten this kind of food before.
A. This is the first time I’ve eaten this kind of food. B. I haven’t eaten this kind of food already.
C. This is the first kind of food I have eaten. D. Even before I have not eaten this kind of food.
51. After fighting the fire for 12 hours, the firemen succeeded in putting it out.
A. The firemen managed in vain to put the fire out after a 12-hour fight.
B. Fighting the fire for 12 hours, the firemen were able to put it out.
C. The firemen wasted 12 hours putting the fire out.
D. Fighting the fire for 12 hours, the fire was put out.
52. The architect has drawn plans for an extension to the house.
A. Plans have been drawn for an extension to the house by the architect.
B. The house has had its plans for an extension drawn by the architect.
C. Plans for an extension to the house have been drawn by the architect.
D. The architect has had the plans drawn for an extension to the house.
53. I don’t have enough money with me now; otherwise I would buy that coat.
A. If I didn’t have enough money with me now, I would buy that coat.
B. If I had enough money with me now, I would buy that coat.
C. If I had enough money with me now, I wouldn’t buy that coat.
D. If I didn’t have enough money now, I wouldn’t buy that coat.
54. That expression on his face has some meaning.
A. That expression on his face is meaningless. B. That expression on his face means.
C. That expression on his face is mean. D. That expression on his face is meaningful.
55. She is too weak; she can’t sit up and talk to you.
A. If she weren’t too weak, she could sit up and talk to you.
B. If she hadn’t been too weak, she could sit up and talk to you.
C. If she isn’t too weak, she can sit up and talk to you.
D. If she wasn’t too weak, she can sit up and talk to you.
PHẦN 2: ĐỀ VẬN DỤNG MINH HỌA
MOCK TEST 1
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. handicapped B. advantaged C. organized D. compromised
Question 2: A. leisure B. pleasure C. failure D. measure
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in
theposition of primary stress in each ofthefollowing questions.
Question 3: A. broaden B. persuade C. reduce D. explain
Question 4: A. rectangular B. confidential C. conservative D. political
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
Question 5: Richard Byrd was first person in history to fly over North Pole.
A. the - a B. the - Ø C. the - the D. Ø - Ø
Question 6: The President a speech, but in the end he his mind.
A. delivered - had changed B. was delivering - changed
C. would deliver - had changed D. was going to deliver - changed
Question 7: you happen to visit him, give him my best wishes.
A. Could B. Would C. Might D. Should
Question 8: The new supermarket is so much cheaper than the one in John Street. , they do free
home deliveries.
A. Moreover B. Consequently C. Nevertheless D. Instead
Page 79 of 117
Question 9: Jimmy, dressed in jeans and a black leather jacket, arrived at the party his motorbike.
A. by B. on C. in D. through
Question 10: We decided not to travel, the terrible weather forecast.
A. having heard B. to have heard C. having been heard D. to have been heard
Question 11: , she managed to hide her feelings.

A. However jealous she felt B. if she would feel jealous
C. Despite of her being jealous D. In case she felt jealous
Question 12: The manager regrets that a lot of people will be made redundant by the company next
year.
A. announcing B. having announced
C. to announced D. to have announced
Question 13: During the presentation, each can possible three questions to the guest speaker.
A. attendance B. attentive C. attendee D. attend
Question 14: Today, some students tend to the importance of soft skills as they solely focus on
academic subjects at school.
A. overlook B. urge C. emphasize D. implement
Question 15: In some countries, many old-aged parents like to live in a nursing home. They want to
independent lives.
A. give B. take C. keep D. lead
Question 16: The widened will help keep traffic flowing during rush hours.
A. entryway B. runway C. freeway D. pathway
Question 17: As John enjoyed doing research, he never could imagine himself pursuing other
careers.
A. thoroughly B. totally C. extremely D. utterly
Question 18: Everyone will tell you that becoming a parent is challenging, but you never really know what that
means until you learn about it the way.
A. long B. direct C. full D. hard
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D onyour answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of thefollowing questions.
Question 19: Tim is thinking of leaving his present job because his manager is always getting at him.
A. hitting B. disturbing C. defending D. criticizing
Question 20: You can use a microwave or cook this kind of food in a conventional oven.
A. unique B. modern C. traditional D. extraordinary
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D onyour answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 21: Contrary to their expectations, there was widespread apathy among voters on that issue.
A. interest B. obedience C. resistance D. opposition
Question 22: Doctors and nurses of this hospital have worked round the clock to help those injured in the
recent earthquake.
A. permanently B. interruptedly C. continuously D. accurately
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete each
of the following exchanges.
Question 23: Anne is seeing Mary off at the airport.
Anne: “Don’t fail to look after yourself, Mary!”
Marry: “ ”
A. Of course, you are an adult. B. Oh, I knew about that.
C. The same to you. D. Thanks, I will.
Question 24: Frank is inviting William to go to the waterpark.
Frank: “What about going to the waterpark?”
William: “ ”
A. That’s good idea. B. That’s right.
C. Of course! D. Right! Go ahead.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
word or phrase that bestfits each of the numbered blanks from 25 to 29.
WOMEN TAKING THE HUSBAND’S NAME
Page 80 of 117
Many women in Western society, aware of the power of names to influence identity, are aware that
choosing how to identify themselves after marriage can be a significant decision. They may follow the
tradition of taking their husband's last name, hyphenate their (25) name and their husband's, or keep their
birth name. One fascinating survey reveals that a woman's choice is (26) to reveal a great deal about herself
and her relationship with her husband. Women who take their husband's name place the most importance (27)
relationships. On the other hand, women who keep their birth names put their personal concerns ahead of
relationships and social expectations. Female forms of address influence others'
perceptions as well. Research (28) in the late 1980s showed that women who choose the title Ms. give
the impression of being more achievement oriented, socially self-confident, and dynamic but less
interpersonally warm than counterparts (29) prefer the more traditional forms Miss or Mrs.
Question 25: A. own B. private C. personal D. individual
Question 26: A. like B. alike C. likely D. unlikely
Question 27: A. by B. on C. in D. with
Question 28: A. conduct B. conducts C. conducting D. conducted
Question 29: A. who B. what C. which D. whom
answer to each of the questions from 30 to 34.
A tropical cyclone is a violent low pressure storm that usually occurs over warm oceans of over 80°F or
27°C. It winds counterclockwise in the Northern Hemisphere and clockwise in the Southern Hemisphere as it
is described for the term, cyclone itself. This powerful storm is fueled by the heat energy that is released
when water vapor condenses at high altitudes, the heat ultimately derived from the Sun.
The center of a tropical cyclone, called the eye, is relatively calm and warm. This eye, which is
roughly 20 to 30 miles wide, is clear, mainly because of subsiding air within it. The ring of clouds around the
eye is the eyewall, where clouds reach highest and precipitation is heaviest. The strong wind, gusting up to 360
kilometers per hour, occurs when a tropical cyclone’s eyewall passes over land.
There are various names for a tropical cyclone depending on its location and strength. In Asia, a
tropical cyclone is named according to its strength. The strongest is a typhoon; its winds move at more than 117
kilometers per hour. In India, it is called a cyclone. Over the North Atlantic and in the South Pacific, they call
it a hurricane.
On average, there are about 100 tropical cyclones worldwide each year. A tropical cyclone peaks in late
summer when the difference between temperature in the air and sea surface is the greatest. However, it has its
own seasonal patterns. May is the least active month, while September is the most active.
The destruction associated with a tropical cyclone results not only from the force of the wind, but also from
the storm surge and the waves it generates. It is born and sustained over large bodies of warm water, and loses
its strength over inland regions that are comparatively safe from receiving strong winds. Although the tract of a
tropical cyclone is very erratic, the Weather Service can still issue timely warnings to the public if a tropical
cyclone is approaching densely populated areas. If people ever experience a cyclone, they would know how
strong it could be.
Question 30: What is the main idea of the passage?
A. The tropical cyclone is the most powerful force on the earth.
B. The tropical cyclone can cause flooding and damage to structures.
C. A tropical cyclone forms over the oceans and has great power.
D. The tropical cyclone is called by different names around the world.
Question 31: According to paragraph 2, which of the following is true about the eyewall?
A. The eyewall is formed in cold weather.
B. When the eyewall passes overhead, the wind weakens.
C. The temperature is highest around the eye.
D. The eyewall is a cloud band that surrounds the eye.
Question 32: What can be inferred about typhoons, cyclones and hurricanes?
A. Typhoons, cyclones and hurricanes form together above the oceans.
B. A typhoon is stronger than both the cyclone and the hurricane.
C. Typhoons, cyclones and hurricanes are all most powerful over a humid ocean.
D. Although tropical cyclones have different names, they are basically the same.
Question 33: The word “it” in paragraph 5 refers to .
Page 81 of 117
A. a tropical cyclone B. the wind C. torrential rain D. the storm surge
Question 34: The word “erratic” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to .
A. complicated B. unpredictable C. disastrous D. explosive
As the twentieth century began, the importance of formal education in the United States increased. The
frontier had mostly disappeared and by 1910 most Americans lived in towns and cities. Industrialization
and the bureaucratization of economic life combined with a new emphasis upon credentials and expertise to
make schooling increasingly important for economic and social mobility. Increasingly, too, schools were
viewed as the most important means of integrating immigrants into American society.
The arrival of a great wave of southern and eastern European immigrants at the turn of the century
coincided with and contributed to an enormous expansion of formal schooling. By 1920 schooling to age
fourteen or beyond was compulsory in most states, and the school year was greatly lengthened. Kindergartens,
vacation schools, extracurricular activities, and vocational education and counseling extended the influence of
public schools over the lives of students, many of whom in the larger industrial cities were the children of
immigrants. Classes for adult immigrants were sponsored by public schools, corporations, unions, churches,
settlement houses, and other agencies.
Reformers early in the twentieth century suggested that education programs should suit the needs of
specific populations. Immigrant women were once such population. Schools tried to educate young women so
they could occupy productive places in the urban industrial economy, and one place many educators
considered appropriate for women was the home.
Although looking after the house and family was familiar to immigrant women, American education gave
homemaking a new definition. In preindustrial economies, homemaking had meant the production as well as the
consumption of goods, and it commonly included income-producing activities both inside and outside the
home, in the highly industrialized early-twentieth-century United States, however, overproduction rather
than scarcity was becoming a problem. Thus, the ideal American homemaker was viewed as a consumer rather
than a producer. Schools trained women to be consumer homemakers cooking, shopping, decorating, and caring
for children "efficiently" in their own homes, or if economic necessity demanded, as employees in the homes
of others. Subsequent reforms have made these notions seem quite out-of-date.
Question 35: It can be inferred from paragraph 1 that one important factor in the increasing importance of
education in the United States was .
A. the growing number of schools in frontier communities
B. an increase in the number of trained teachers
C. the expanding economic problems of schools
D. the increased urbanization of the entire country
Question 36: The word “means” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .
A. advantages B. probability C. method D. qualifications
Question 37: The phrase "coincided with" in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to .
A. was influenced by B. happened at the same time as
C. began to grow rapidly D. ensured the success of
Question 38: According to the passage, one important change in United States education by the 1920's was that
.
A. most places required children to attend school
B. the amount of time spent on formal education was limited
C. new regulations were imposed on nontraditional education
D. adults and children studied in the same classes
Question 39: Vacation schools and extracurricular activities are mentioned in paragraph 2 to illustrate
.
A. alternatives to formal education provided by public schools
B. the importance of educational changes
C. activities that competed to attract new immigrants to their programs
D. the increased impact of public schools on students
Question 40: According to the passage, early-twentieth century education reformers believed that .
A. different groups needed different kinds of education
B. special programs should be set up in frontier communities to modernize them
C. corporations and other organizations damaged educational progress
Page 82 of 117
D. more women should be involved in education and industry
Question 41: The word “it” in paragraph 4 refers to .
A. consumption B. production C. homemaking D. education
Question 42: All of the following statements are true EXCEPT .
A. immigrants played a part in changing American education system in the 20th century
B. many foreign people found it easier to settle down in American thanks to schools
C. prior to the 20th century, public education had never had any influence on students’ lives
D. among the changes in American education system last century, one centred on women.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in
each of the following questions.
Question 43: Ninety-seven percent of the world’s water are salt water found in the oceans.
A. percent B. world’s C. are D. found
Question 44: Fred Astaire is said to have been the most popular dancer of his time, but he was also a
talented actor, a singer, and choreographer.
A. is said B. to have been C. of his time D. a singer
Question 45: Jane’s friends insist that she will stay at their house when she visits Toronto next weekend.
A. will stay B. at C. visits D. next weekend
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each
of the following questions.
Question 46: “What a novel idea for thefarewell party you’ve got,” said Nam to the monitor.
A. Nam thought over the novel idea for the farewell party.
B. Nam came up with the novel idea for the farewell party.
C. Nam said that it was a novel idea of his classmates for the farewell party.
D. Nam exclaimed with admiration at the novel idea for the farewell party of the monitor.
Question 47: It is believed that the thief broke into the house through the bedroom window.
A. The thief is believed that he broke into the house through the bedroom.
B. The thief is believed to have broken into the house through the bedroom window.
C. The thief was believed to break into the house through the bedroom window.
D. The thief was believed to have broken into the house through the bedroom window.
Question 48: To let Harold join our new project was silly as he knows little about our company.
A. Harold couldn’t have joined our new project with such poor knowledge about our company.
B. Harold must have known so little about our company that he wasn’t let to join our new project.
C. We shouldn’t have allowed Harold to join our new project as he doesn’t know much about our
company.
D. We would have joined the new project with Harold provided that he knew much about our company. Mark
the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences
in thefollowing questions.
Question 49: The taxi driver ignored the stop sign. Then, he crashed his vehicle.
A. If the taxi driver ignored the stop sign, he crashed his vehicle.
B. Unless the taxi driver paid attention to the stop sign, he would have crashed his vehicle.
C. The taxi driver would not have crashed his vehicle if he had taken notice of the stop sign.
D. The taxi driver didn’t ignore the stop sign, or he would not have crashed his vehicle.
Question 50: She is so attractive. Many boys run after her.
A. So attractive is she many boys that run after her.
B. So attractive is she that many boys run after her.
C. So attractive she is that many boys run after her.
D. So that attractive she is many boys that run after her.
……THE END…….
MOCK TEST 2
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. reserved B. locked C. forced D. touched
Question 2: A. goat B. load C. broad D. road
Page 83 of 117
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3: A. pocket B. engaged C. open D. fortune
Question 4: A. technical B. permanent C. generous D. addicted
questions.
Question 5: The game has been cancelled ______ adverse weather conditions.
A. due to B. since C. despite D. unless
Question 6: You can stay in the room ______.
A. as long as you promise to be quiet B. because you will promise to be quiet
C. although you have promised to be quiet D. until you had promised to be quiet
Question 7: ________ in 1635, the Boston Latin School is the oldest public school in the United States.
A. To found B. Having founded C. Founded D. Founding
Question 8: He’s often been accused of cynicism in his ______ towards politics.
A. nature B. health C. possibility D. attitude
Question 9: It’s important to ______ your skin from the harmful effects of the sun.
A. protection B. protect C. protective D. protectively
Question 10: We’re waiting until they ______ a new version of the system.
A. let out B. let up C. bring out D. bring up
Question 11: We must ______ to a decision about what to do next.
A. force B. come C. list D. hand
Question 12: When you finish doing the crossword, the ______ is on the back page.
A. solution B. creation C. completion D. end
Question 13: Your mom is cooking beef with cabbage, ______?
A. was he B. doesn’t he C. did he D. isn’t she
Question 14: How old is this tower ? It __________ to be over 600 years ago.
A. is believing B. believes C. is believed D. believed
Question 15: The town lies halfway ______ Rome and Florence.
A. with B. between C. about D. among
Question 16: The more time he teaches at the school, ______ he becomes.
A. more popular B. the more popular C. most popular D. the most popular
Question 17: The ________ pick-up truck puttered along the road.
A. red old ugly B. old ugly red C. ugly red old D. ugly old red
Question 18: So how does a government revive an economy that is ______ in the water?
A. deaf B. moist C. dead D. wet
Question 19: The boy ______ a lot before his mother came back from work.
A. is crying B. has cried C. was crying D. had cried
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the un-
derlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 20: You’ll need to be a little more imaginative if you want to hold their attention.
A. emotional B. historical C. inventive D. available
Question 21: People gathered at points along the route to wave and cheer.
A. road B. lock C. club D. edge
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
Question 22: She is expected to announce officially her candidacy for president early next week.
A. fairly B. unreliably C. deeply D. eagerly
Question 23: I should keep a stiff upper lip and take the high road and all that, so I will.
A. be talkative B. be calm C. be quiet D. be nervous
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the option that best completes each of the
following exchanges.
Question 24: Kate is talking to her colleague.
Page 84 of 117
Kate: “I stayed up all night to finish this work.” - Colleague: “__________”
A. You’re so silly. B. Poor you.
C. Next time don’t. D. A day off will do you good.
Question 25: Linda is talking to her friend about her father’s trip.
Linda: “My father’s coming back from his business trip.” - Linda’s friend: “__________”
A. How can he go? B. Thank you very much.
C. Really? I didn’t know when he went. D. He shouldn’t.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 26 to 30.
Another area of AI research is evolutionary computation, which borrows from Darwin’s theory of natural
selection, (26) ________ sees genetic algorithms undergo random mutations and combinations between
generations in an (27) ________ to evolve the optimal solution to a given problem.
This approach has even been used to help design AI models, effectively using AI to help build AI. This use
of evolutionary algorithms to (28) ________ neural networks is called neuroevolution, and could have an
important role to play in helping design efficient AI as the use of intelligent systems becomes (29) ________
prevalent, particularly as demand for data scientists often outstrips supply. The technique was showcased by Uber
AI Labs, which released papers on using genetic algorithms to train deep neural networks for reinforcement
learning problems.
Finally, there are expert systems, (30) ________ computers are programmed with rules that allow them to
take a series of decisions based on a large number of inputs, allowing that machine to mimic the behaviour of a
human expert in a specific domain. An example of these knowledge-based systems might be, for example, an
autopilot system flying a plane.
Question 26: A. and B. but C. or D. because

Question 27: A. aspect B. addition C. instance D. attempt
Question 28: A. compare B. contain C. optimize D. supply
Question 29: A. many B. more C. few D. another
Question 30: A. when B. who C. where D. that
Electricity makes marvellous things happen and its capacity to produce bright, radiant light makes an
especially striking impression when it arrives. Electricity’s introduction thus tends to be associated with progress
and modernity.
This was the case in 1879 when Thomas Edison displayed an incandescent lamp for the first time in Menlo
Park in New Jersey and seven years later when the sultan’s palaces in Zanzibar Town were lit.
Energy has traditionally been studied by researchers within the fields of natural sciences and economy.
Anthropologists who have engaged with energy and society have mainly concerned themselves with fossil fuels
and the role of these in global politics—specifically, around issues of climate change, energy security, and oil
depletion. The societal impact of introducing electricity and the enormous transformation going on in the South
in recent years have received little attention.
Tanja Winther and Harold Wilhite at the Centre for Development and Environment have recently published
an article where they used their fieldwork from Kenya and Tanzania to show how electricity’s arrival in new
places affects community and household practices, social relations, local economy and power relations.
Question 31: What could be the best title for the passage?
A. Capacity to Produce Light B. Traditional Study about Energy
C. Life Changes with Electricity D. Electricity’s Arrival in New Places
Question 32: According to paragraph 3, the societal impact of electricity received little attention because ______.
A. no researchers studied this type of energy B. it’s not a field of natural sciences and
economy
C. issues of climate change were too serious at the time D. people paid attention to fossil fuels and
their role
Question 33: The word “enormous” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. immense B. unique C. distinct D. entire
Page 85 of 117
Question 34: The word “where” in paragraph 4 refers to ______.
A. Centre for Development and Environment B. article
C. fieldwork D. Kenya and Tanzania
Question 35: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as an important event of
electricity?
A. The first display of an incandescent lamp was in 1879.
B. The sultan’s palaces in Zanzibar Town were lit in 1886.
C. Much attention has always been paid to the societal impact of electricity.
D. Tanja Winther and Harold Wilhite used their fieldwork to illustrate effects of electricity.
The best cloud computing services offer the opportunity for businesses to undergo digital transformation in
order to improve efficiency and reduce costs.
Cloud services have revolutionized computing, not least through IaaS, PaaS, and especially SaaS, which
have allowed businesses to develop virtualized IT infrastructure and deliver software through the cloud,
independent of a user’s operating system.
Even better still, businesses can also mix and match cloud services from different providers through cloud
brokers in order to ensure these services work to maximum efficiency and cost effectiveness, but also to reduce
the chances of vendor lock-in while also improving redundancy. This may require additional cloud management
software, but for larger businesses the economic benefits can be significant.
Because cloud services are run through software platforms and virtualized networks, it means that it’s easy
to access and analyse data for the purposes of analytics as well as for business intelligence purposes. It also makes
it easier to simplify all aspects of monitoring through cloud orchestration and the easy processing of log files
through cloud logging services. The result is IT infrastructure that allows for better maintenance and patching,
while providing for insights that would have previously been much more difficult to access.
Cloud computing services also offer the advantage of being scalable, which means not only can you access
additional resources exactly as you need them, but you are also charged only for the services you use so there’s
no need to buy in extra hardware for additional redundancy.
This especially applies to when storing data, as online cloud storage can be treated as effectively limitless.
Even though you might be using cloud databases for your structured data, you can also archive everything else
into massive data lakes for additional processing using AI and machine learning for greater insights. Altogether,
cloud services offer unparalleled potential for improving business performance and increasing profits, and here
we’ll look at the best cloud computing service provider.
Question 36: Which best serves as the title for the passage?
A. Best cloud computing services B. Virtualized IT Infrastructure
C. Software Platforms and Virtualized Networks D. Cloud Computing Services
Question 37: The word “benefits” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. messages B. advantages C. products D. percentages
Question 38: In paragraph 2, cloud services from different providers can be mixed and matched in order to
______.
A. ensure maximum efficiency and cost effectiveness
B. find suitable cloud brokers
C. make these potential services free
D. have additional cloud management software
Question 39: The word “that” in paragraph 4 refers to ______.
A. files B. services C. result D. IT infrastructure
Question 40: The word “limitless” in paragraph 6 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. drowsy B. vicious C. infinite D. gorgeous
Question 41: Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. Cloud services have allowed businesses to develop virtualized IT infrastructure.
B. With cloud services, it’s easy to access and analyse data for the purposes of analytics.
C. Cloud computing services are powerful but not scalable.
D. You can archive everything else using AI and machine learning.
Question 42: Which of the following can be inferred from paragraph 6?
Page 86 of 117
A. Online cloud storage cannot be treated as effectively limitless.
B. Cloud services improve business performance and increasing profits dramatically.
C. Cloud databases for your structured data haven’t been ready to use.
D. Machine learning for greater insights is technology of the far future.
Question 43: High prices are deterring much young people from buying houses.
A. prices B. much C. from D. houses
Question 44: He acknowledges that sometime art simply holds up a mirror to the society it is born from.
A. acknowledges B. sometime C. holds up D. born from
Question 45: I am watching an interesting football match at the same time yesterday.
A. am watching B. interesting C. match D. the
Question 46: “If I were you, I would take the job,” said my room-mate.
A. My room-mate urged me to take the job. B. My room-mate persuaded me to take the job.
C. My room-mate insisted on me taking the job. D. My room-mate advised me to take the job.
Question 47: It isn’t necessary for you to go out at this time at night.
A. You must go out at this time at night. B. You should go out at this time at night.
C. You needn’t go out at this time at night. D. You may not go out at this time at night.
Question 48: I haven’t seen my aunt and her husband for years.
A. I last saw my aunt and her husband years ago. B. I didn’t see my aunt and her husband
years ago.
C. I saw my aunt and her husband for years. D. I have seen my aunt and her husband for years.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
Question 49: Trang cannot speak Chinese. I really need her to understand how interesting it is.
A. If Trang can speak Chinese, she will understand how interesting it is.
B. I wish Trang could speak Chinese and could understand how interesting it is.
C. Once Trang can speak Chinese, she will understand how interesting it is.
D. Trang cannot speak Chinese in order to understand how interesting it is.
Question 50: I heard the full story. Then, I understood what it was about.
A. Only after I had understood what it was about did I hear the full story.
B. Having understood what it was about, I heard the full story.
C. Only when I heard the full story did I understand what it was about.
D. No sooner had I understood what it was about than I heard the full story.
MOCK TEST 3
Question 1: A. needed B. watered C. contaminated D. decided
Question 2: A. broth B. spot C. both D. knock
Question 3: A. donate B. patient C. pressure D. planet
Question 4: A. volcanic B. official C. aquatic D. ultimate
questions.
Question 5: I ordered two ________ pizzas for the game.
A. tasty large round B. round large tasty C. tasty round large D. large tasty round
Page 87 of 117
Question 6: We’ll go and have a party outdoor ______.
A. before the weather was good B. as long as the weather is good
C. after the weather has been good D. when the weather will be good
Question 7: We’ve received a(n) ______ from one of our listeners about offensive language.
A. influence B. character C. complaint D. implement
Question 8: You are watching a movie in this Cineplex, ______?
A. did you B. don’t you C. were you D. aren’t you
Question 9: ________ he got lost, he started to call for help.
A. Having been realized B. Realizing C. Realized D. To realize
Question 10: The television was functioning ______ until yesterday.
A. normally B. normal C. normalize D. normality
Question 11: Teacher’s day __________ largely since 1982.
A. was celebrated B. has been celebrating C. has celebrated D. has been celebrated
Question 12: We ______ most of the evening, waiting for Jake and drinking beer.
A. pushed back B. pushed around C. sat back D. sat around
Question 13: Criminal charges will be brought ______ the driver.
A. against B. without C. during D. into
Question 14: We had to ______ permission from the city to build an extension to our house.
A. act B. plan C. get D. set
Question 15: The more time passes by, ______ she looks.
A. the most different B. most different C. the more different D. more different
Question 16: The new factory will provide ______ for about a hundred local people.
A. employment B. management C. engagement D.
development
Question 17: The man ______ with his son after he had solved all problems with his work.
A. will play B. was playing C. played D. plays
Question 18: Now research has proved that the drug is effective, everyone wants a ______ of the action.
A. share B. part C. move D. slice
Question 19: ______ the efforts of the whole team, the project was completed on time.
A. Because B. Thanks to C. Although D. Instead of
Question 20: It’s a very complex issue to which there is no straightforward answer.
A. traditional B. interested C. additional D. complicated
Question 21: The salesperson verifies the signature by comparing it with the one on the card.
A. challenge B. autograph C. attempt D. function
Question 22: These normally harmless substances combine to form a highly poisonous gas.
A. uselessly B. unwillingly C. unusually D. scarcely
Question 23: As summer merges into autumn the grey squirrels are on the go again.
A. idle B. active C. busy D. free
Question 24: Thanh is showing her appreciation to Nam’s new fridge.
Thanh: “What a modern fridge you have!” - Nam: “__________”
A. Not very modern. B. You know it?
C. Thanks. I bought it yesterday. D. How can you know?
Question 25: Giang is showing his appreciation to Loan’s new shirt.
Giang: “You look great in that new shirt.” - Loan: “__________”
A. You like it, right? B. I appreciate it. C. I don’t think so. D. That’s kind of you to say
so.
Page 88 of 117
WHO has been tracking mutations and variants since the start of the COVID-19 outbreak. Our global
SARS-CoV-2 laboratory network includes a dedicated Virus Evolution Working Group, which (26) ________ to
detect new changes quickly and assess their possible impact.
Research groups have carried out genomic sequencing of the COVID-19 virus (27) ________ shared these
sequences on public databases, including GISAID. This global collaboration allows scientists to better track how
the virus is changing. WHO recommends that all countries increase the sequencing of the COVID-19 virus where
possible and share data to help one (28) ________ monitor and respond to the evolving pandemic.
WHO has also established a SARS-CoV-2 Risk Monitoring and Evaluation Framework to identify, monitor
and assess variants of concern. It will involve components like surveillance, research on variants of concern, and
(29) ________ of the impact on diagnostics, therapeutics and vaccines. The framework will serve as a guide for
manufacturers and countries on changes (30) ________ may be needed for COVID-19 vaccines.
Question 26: A. relies B. varies C. aims D. loses

Question 27: A. and B. as C. until D. but
Question 28: A. many B. another C. every D. other
Question 29: A. conversation B. transportation C. preparation D. evaluation
Question 30: A. that B. when C. whom D. where
Non-verbal business communication is an essential part of how we communicate. One famous (and often
misunderstood) study from the 1960s estimated that the emotional content and interpretation of about 93 percent
of human communication is significantly influenced by body language, attitude, and tone, with only 7 percent of
the emotional content relying solely on the actual words that are used. While the study focused on the emotions,
not the literal meanings, behind what we communicate, this is still significant.
In the world of business too, as well as in our everyday lives, non-verbal communication expresses a range
of emotional content that we wish to convey. When we shake hands upon meeting someone, for instance, it
usually signifies that we are pleased to see or meet them and often reinforces verbal utterances like, “It’s great to
see/meet you.”
But the COVID-19 pandemic has made it more difficult to convey the emotions we can normally show
through our culturally diverse repertoire of body language. As a result, people have been coming up with creative
solutions like the “Wuhan shake” or the “air handshake.” Some voices in the media have even been asking if the
“new normal” might mark the end of the traditional handshake.
The truth is that the pandemic has not changed the use of body language and other non-verbal
communication in the world of business or in human interaction in general. It is simply escalating the changes
that have already been happening or were bound to happen at some point.
A. Emotional Content and Interpretation B. When We Shake Hands
C. How COVID-19 is changing the way we communicate D. Solutions to Life with COVID-19 Pandemic
Question 32: According to paragraph 1, body language, attitude, and tone are crucial to communication because
_____.
A. they’re part of non-verbal business communication
B. they influenced about 93 percent of human communication
C. they’re faster than the actual words that are used D. speaker doesn’t focus on the emotions
Question 33: The word “significant” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. noteworthy B. temporary C. appropriate D. independent
A. business B. everyday lives C. non-verbal communication D. emotional content
Question 35: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as a consequence of the
COVID-19 pandemic?
A. It’s more difficult to convey the emotions by body language.
B. People have created the “Wuhan shake” and the “air handshake.”
C. The use of body language and other non-verbal communication has been changed.
Page 89 of 117
D. The traditional handshake might come to an end.
Among the various summer schools and seminars in existence, a special position is held by the International
Summer School in Oslo. For the past 20 years, students and teachers have gathered here from around the world.
With regard to the number of courses, the quality of the lecturers and the type of participants, this Summer School
undoubtedly holds a respected position.
In the space of six weeks in Norway, participants from almost all continents had the opportunity to live and
study together. They studied not only their particular subjects in the special courses, the general aspects of
Norway, its people and their way of life, but they also had a unique occasion for the exchange of experiences and
thoughts ranging over a wide area.
Today, when we are striving for the full affirmation of active peaceful coexistence—creating, developing
and accepting conditions for forming a real international community—every action in the field of international
understanding holds importance. Thus the gathering of nations in Oslo ideally presents the opportunity for the
creating of the new ideas needed for cooperation and understanding. The problem is to avoid accepting the
existing status quo in world relations. During the international evenings, chats after lectures, various discussions
and, most important, during personal talks each person had the opportunity to comprehend and finally accept
some of his friends’ ideas which at firsts appeared to be so strangely different.
The system of studies in different countries, problems of living standards, economic politics, political
freedom and, what is more important, ideological orientation was clarified for many of us after six weeks of living
together. The 42 days of lectures, conversations in the cafeteria, and excursions laid a strong foundation for the
development of new friendships. The need for cooperation and broader contact has become clearer to most of the
participants.
After the end of school, the small international society of Blindern composed of a mixture of people from
East and West, the North and South of the world will disappear. Each returns to his respective country, but the
rich and useful experiences prove how urgently international friendship is needed today, and that it must be
striven for and achieved.
A. The Number of Courses, The Quality of The Lecturers B. Affirmation of Active Peaceful Coexistence
C. Mutual Understanding - The International Summer School (ISS)
D. Strong Foundation for The Development of New Friendships
Question 37: The word “They” in paragraph 2 refers to ______.
A. participants B. six weeks C. continents D. subjects
Question 38: In paragraph 2, participants from almost all continents had ______.
A. some time to live and study separately B. a chance to exchange experiences and thoughts
C. knowledge about the general aspects of Norway only D. unique occasion to visit a wild and wide area
Question 39: The word “gathering” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. recipe B. assembly C. passion D. concept
Question 40: The word “respective” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. magic B. chaotic C. melodic D. specific
A. The Summer School undoubtedly holds a respected position.
B. The new ideas presented in Oslo are needed for cooperation and understanding.
C. The 40 days of lectures is the precious time for the development of new friendships.
D. The small international society includes people from almost all over the world.
A. A school must have people from East and West, the North and South of the world.
B. Experiences students have got at school must be rich and useful.
C. Many more school like the International Summer School must be striven for and achieved.
D. People around the world should try to have international friendship that is urgently needed.
Question 43: I have gone to see Peter yesterday evening, but he was not at home.
Page 90 of 117
A. have gone B. see C. but D. home
Question 44: The school has pupils from much different ethnic and cultural backgrounds.
A. The B. has C. much D. and
Question 45: She has maintained an Olympian detachment from the every day business of the office.
A. has maintained B. from C. every day business D. the office
Question 46: This is the first time I have attended such an enjoyable wedding party.
A. I have ever attended such an enjoyable wedding party before.
B. I attended such an enjoyable wedding party long time ago.
C. I didn’t attend such an enjoyable wedding party for a long time.
D. I have never attended such an enjoyable wedding party before.
Question 47: “You really ought to rest for a few days, Jasmine,” the doctor said.
A. The doctor suddenly ordered Jasmine to rest for a few days.
B. The doctor strongly advised Jasmine to rest for a few days.
C. The doctor clearly informed Jasmine to rest for a few days.
D. The doctor simply apologized to Jasmine for resting a few days.
Question 48: It’s compulsory for you to correct all these mistakes.
A. You must correct all these mistakes. B. You should correct all these mistakes.
C. You needn’t correct all these mistakes. D. You may not correct all these mistakes.
Question 49: She doesn’t have any apartment. She really wants to live comfortably here.
A. If only she had had an apartment and could have lived comfortably here.
B. Unless she has an apartment, she will be able to live comfortably here.
C. She wishes she had an apartment and could live comfortably here.
D. Even if she doesn’t have any apartment, she wants to live comfortably here.
Question 50: I asked the boys what happened. Then, I knew why my son was hurt.
A. No sooner had I known why my son was hurt than I asked the boys what happened.
B. Only after I had known why my son was hurt did I ask the boys what happened.
C. Having known why my son was hurt, I asked the boys what happened.
D. Only when I asked the boys what happened did I know why my son was hurt.
MOCK TEST 4
Question 1: A. worked B. placed C. needed D. missed
Question 2: A. land B. ban C. mass D. swap
Question 3: A. shadow B. unique C. worship D. printer
Question 4: A. volunteer B. creative C. exciting D. delicious
questions.
Question 5: This is one possible solution to the problem. ______, there are others.
A. Therefore B. Although C. However D. Because
Question 6: The journey was quite quick ______.
A. as soon as the road has been clear B. although the road had been clear
C. because the road was clear D. in case the road will be clear
Question 7: Hoa went to bed after she ______ all her homework.
A. is completing B. has completed C. will complete D. had completed
Question 8: ________ most of his money to charity, he hopes to ease the pain and suffering of the disadvantaged.
Page 91 of 117
A. Gave B. To give C. Giving D. Having been given
Question 9: It was made of a ________ material.
A. metallic strange green B. strange green metallic
C. green strange metallic D. green metallic strange
Question 10: Exercising should come as ______ as brushing your teeth.
A. nature B. naturally C. natural D. naturalize
Question 11: ______ Mr. Nam is, the more pressure we have to face.
A. Most powerful B. The most powerful C. More powerful D. The more powerful
Question 12: How can you ______ and see him accused of something he didn’t do?
A. stand by B. stand down C. get by D. get down
Question 13: The traffic congestion in the city gets even worse ______ the summer.
A. of B. at C. under D. during
Question 14: Let’s ______ in touch over the next few days while the installation is in progress.
A. let B. meet C. hold D. keep
Question 15: We are having our house __________ at the moment.
A. painted B. is painted C. painting D. is painting
Question 16: Tell the mechanic that the ______ was making a strange grinding noise.
A. lamp B. engine C. table D. door
Question 17: She wasn’t talking constantly in class in those days, ______?
A. did she B. isn’t she C. was she D. doesn’t she
Question 18: Her Spanish has improved in ______ and bounds this year.
A. leaps B. risks C. points D. parts
Question 19: The unions assured the new ______ of the workers’ loyalty to the company.
A. lawyers B. owners C. labourers D. employees
Question 20: They live in a remote corner of Scotland, miles from the nearest shop.
A. major B. lower C. proper D. distant
Question 21: To comply with government hygiene regulations, there must be a separate sink for hand washing.
A. principals B. principles C. priorities D. primaries
Question 22: The company recently announced plans to lay off one-fifth of its workforce.
A. sharply B. correctly C. anciently D. greatly
Question 23: You must not stand on ceremony with me, or I shall find you exceedingly boring.
A. behave informally B. perform too much C. be faithful D. tell lies
Question 24: Huy is advising Nam to buy the car.
Huy: “If I were you, I would buy that new car.” - Nam: “__________”
A. Why should I? B. Yes, I will. C. That’s a good idea. D. No, I can’t.
Question 25: Nam is talking to his classmate named Minh.
Nam: “I don’t understand what the teacher has just said.” - Minh: “__________”
A. Me either B. Neither do I. C. Me too. D. So do I.
Vaccinating many people against SARS-CoV-2 could stall infection rates even among unvaccinated
children in the same community. Last December, Israel launched one of the fastest vaccination schemes in the
world, reaching 50% of the population in 9 weeks. (26) ________ only people aged 16 and over were eligible for
the jab.
To test the ripple effects of widespread vaccination, Tal Patalon at Maccabi Healthcare Services in Tel
Aviv-Yafo, Israel, Roy Kishony at the Technion — Israel Institute of Technology in Haifa and their colleagues
Page 92 of 117
analysed COVID-19 vaccinations and test results (27) ________ between January and March 2021 for people in
223 Israeli communities. In (28) ________ community, the authors examined the relationship between the
vaccination rate in adults over three 3-week intervals and the rate of positive results for a COVID-19 test in
children 35 days later.
The authors found that, in the weeks after older people had received the Pfizer–BioNTech vaccine, the
infection risk among children under 16 dropped proportionally to the percentage of adults (29) ________ had
been vaccinated. The authors warn that their results might be influenced by children who had previously been
infected, even though the study included communities with low (30) ________ rates. The findings have not yet
been peer reviewed.
Question 26: A. Because B. Although C. Before D. But

Question 27: A. recorded B. intended C. depended D. afforded
Question 28: A. neither B. any C. each D. some
Question 29: A. which B. who C. where D. when
Question 30: A. infection B. pollution C. impression D. conclusion
Depression drains your energy, hope, and drive, making it difficult to take the steps that will help you to
feel better. Sometimes, just thinking about the things you should do to feel better, like exercising or spending
time with friends, can seem exhausting or impossible to put into action.
It’s the Catch-22 of depression recovery: The things that help the most are the things that are the most
difficult to do. There is a big difference, however, between something that’s difficult and something that’s
impossible. While recovering from depression isn’t quick or easy, you do have more control than you realize -
even if your depression is severe and stubbornly persistent. The key is to start small and build from there. You
may not have much energy, but by drawing on all your reserves, you should have enough to take a walk around
the block or pick up the phone to call a loved one, for example.
Taking the first step is always the hardest. But going for a walk or getting up and dancing to your favourite
music, for example, is something you can do right now. And it can substantially boost your mood and energy for
several hours - long enough to put a second recovery step into action, such as preparing a mood-boosting meal or
arranging to meet an old friend. By taking the small but positive steps day by day, you’ll soon lift the heavy fog
of depression and find yourself feeling happier, healthier, and more hopeful again.
A. Why Is Dealing with Depression So Difficult? B. Depression - Your Energy and Hope
C. Depression Isn’t Quick or Easy D. Your Mood and Energy for Several Hours
A. recovery B. difference C. things D. something
Question 33: According to paragraph 2, it’s possible to recover from depression because ______.
A. it’s the most difficult thing to do B. people have more control than they realize
C. it’s stubbornly persistent D. people can pick up the phone to call regularly
Question 34: The word “severe” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. mental B. secure C. typical D. acute
Question 35: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as a characteristic of the first
step to recover depression?
A. Dancing to the favourite music isn’t the thing you can do immediately.
B. The first step is always the hardest.
C. It can substantially boost your mood and energy.
D. You’ll soon lift the heavy fog of depression.
The history of paper dates back almost 2,000 years to when inventors in China first crafted cloth sheets to
record their drawings and writings. Before then, people communicated through pictures and symbols etched on
stone, bones, cave walls, or clay tablets.
Page 93 of 117
Paper as we know it today was first made in Lei-Yang, China by Ts’ai Lun, a Chinese court official. In all
likelihood, Ts’ai mixed mulberry bark, hemp and rags with water, mashed it into pulp, pressed out the liquid, and
hung the thin mat to dry in the sun. During the 8th century, Muslims (from the region that is now Syria, Saudi
Arabia, and Iraq) learned the Chinese secret of papermaking when they captured a Chinese paper mill. Later,
when the Muslims invaded Europe, they brought this secret with them. The first paper mill was built in Spain,
and soon, paper was being made at mills all across Europe. Over the next 800 years, paper was used for printing
important books, bibles, and legal documents. England began making large supplies of paper in the late 15th
century and supplied the colonies with paper for many years. Finally, in 1690, the first U.S. paper mill was built
in Pennsylvania.
At first, American paper mills used the Chinese method of shredding old rags and clothes into individual
fibres to make paper. As the demand for paper grew, the mills changed used fibre from trees because wood was
less expensive and more abundant than cloth.
Today, paper is made from trees mostly grown on working forests and from recovered paper. Recycling
has always been a part of papermaking. When you recycle your used paper, paper mills will use it to make new
newspapers, notebook paper, paper grocery bags, corrugated boxes, envelopes, magazines, cartons, and other
paper products.
Besides using recovered paper and trees to make paper, paper mills may also use wood chips and sawdust
left over from lumber operations (whose products are used to make houses, furniture, and other things). Today,
more than 36 percent of the fibre used to make new paper products in the United States comes from recycled
sources.
A. The Chinese Secret of Papermaking B. First American Paper Mills
C. The History of Paper D. The Fibre Used to Make New Paper Products
Question 37: The word “they” in paragraph 2 refers to ______.
A. Chinese B. Muslims C. secrets D. rags
Question 38: In paragraph 2, technology to make paper was available in Europe because ______.
A. Ts’ai Lun moved to Europe B. People from Spain learnt it from the Chinese
C. Chinese people revealed it to the European. D. the Muslims brought it to Europe
Question 39: The word “supplies” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. priorities B. penalties C. estates D. sources
Question 40: The word “abundant” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. plentiful B. wasteful C. graceful D. skilful
A. Stone, bones, cave walls, or clay tablets were used to communicate more than 2,000 years ago.
B. Muslims knew how to make paper after capturing a Chinese paper mill.
C. Cloth to make paper was less expensive and more abundant than wood.
D. Recovered paper is also a source of material to make paper.
A. Once made, paper cannot be recycled.
B. People try to make use of every source of material to make paper.
C. Wood chips and sawdust will no longer be used to make paper.
D. More than 36 percent of paper manufactured was consumed in the United States.
Question 43: Certain chemicals have been banned because of their damaging affect on the environment.
A. Certain chemicals B. because of C. their D. affect on
Question 44: When I arrived at the stadium, the football match have started.
A. at B. stadium C. the D. have started
Question 45: The company was losing money and they had to let people go.
A. The B. losing C. they D. people
Question 46: It’s compulsory for you to call him and tell him the truth.
A. You must call him and tell him the truth. B. You can call him and tell him the truth.
Page 94 of 117
C. You shouldn’t call him and tell him the truth. D. You may not call him and tell him the truth.
Question 47: This is the first time she has travelled so far.
A. She has ever travelled so far before. B. She has never travelled so far before.
C. She travelled so far long time ago. D. She didn’t travel so far for such a long time.
Question 48: “You’d better put your money in the bank,” I told him.
A. I encouraged him to put his money in the bank. B. I promised him to put his money in the bank.
C. I requested him to put his money in the bank. D. I advised him to put his money in the bank.
Question 49: I don’t have much free time. I really want to go somewhere to refresh.
A. Because I don’t have much free time, I want to go somewhere to refresh.
B. If I have much free time, I can go somewhere to refresh.
C. I wish I had much free time and could go somewhere to refresh.
D. Though I don’t have much free time, I still go somewhere to refresh.
Question 50: I spoke to my sister. Then, I know what she had experienced.
A. Only after I had spoken to my sister did I know what she had experienced.
B. Having known what my sister had experienced, I spoke to her.
C. Hardly had I known what my sister had experienced when I spoke to her.
D. But for what my sister had experienced, I wouldn’t have spoken to her.
MOCK TEST 5
Question 1: A. opened B. appeared C. agreed D. coughed
Question 2: A. scull B. pull C. full D. bull
Question 3: A. upset B. preserve C. shadow D. expand
Question 4: A. important B. relevant C. effective D. expensive
questions.
Question 5: Linda was waiting for us when we got off the plane, ______?
A. does she B. didn’t she C. is she D. wasn’t she
Question 6: Some trees __________ on the sidewalk at the moment.
A. will plant B. are being planted C. are planting D. are planted
Question 7: You shouldn’t drive for more than three hours ______ taking a break.
A. from B. about C. without D. over
Question 8: ______ the information is, the easier for us to understand.
A. The more accurate B. More accurate
C. The most accurate D. Most accurate
Question 9: Panettone is a ________ Christmas cake.
A. round bread-like Italian B. bread-like Italian round
C. round Italian bread-like D. Italian round bread-like
Question 10: When his wife ______ home from work, he was having dinner alone.
A. comes B. will come C. came D. was coming
Question 11: There is little chance that we will succeed in changing the law. ______, it is important that we try.
A. Nevertheless B. Although C. Moreover D. Since
Question 12: People think I’m satisfied ______.
A. although I don’t complained B. until I had complained
C. when I have complained D. because I don’t complain
Question 13: ________ that the bad weather had set in, we decided to find somewhere to spend the night.
A. Seeing B. Saw C. To see D. Having been seen
Page 95 of 117
Question 14: These children have special ______ needs and require one-to-one attention.
A. educational B. educate C. educationally D. education
Question 15: All her hard work ______ in the end, and she finally passed the exam.
A. paid in B. paid off C. called in D. called off
Question 16: Don’t worry about it - it’s an easy mistake to ______!
A. make B. take C. get D. catch
Question 17: Water ______ taken from streams were analysed for contamination by chemicals.
A. features B. indications C. samples D. illustrations
Question 18: They’re over the ______ about their trip to Japan.
A. stream B. moon C. hole D. hill
Question 19: The magazine misreported its sales figures in order to boost advertising ______.
A. challenge B. structure C. section D. revenue
Question 20: There is a regular train service between Glasgow and Edinburgh.
A. frequent B. popular C. recent D. several
Question 21: He said the primary responsibility of a state is to protect its citizens from attack.
A. speakers B. strangers C. inhabitants D. inspectors
Question 22: We need to react toughly against those who were harbouring terrorists.
A. sadly B. safely C. openly D. gently
Question 23: We’ve done a little research, and that revealed we were a little behind the times with our
methods.
A. successful B. up to date C. disappointed D. enthusiastic
Question 24: Thanh is saying goodbye to Giang after the party.
Thanh: “Good bye. Thank you for the tasty food tonight.” - Giang: “__________”
A. You’re welcome. B. Yes, you can go.
C. Why do you go? D. Sure, I’m a good cook.
Question 25: Alex is talking to David about his bookshelf.
Alex: “I regret that I bought such a small bookshelf.” - Davis: “__________”
A. What a pity. B. You bet!
C. Why are you so stupid? D. Yeah. A bigger one is better.
The 1901 Mercedes, designed by Wilhelm Maybach for Daimler Motoren Gesellschaft, deserves credit for
being the first modern motorcar in all essentials. Its thirty-five-horsepower engine weighed only fourteen pounds
per horsepower, (26) ________ it achieved a top speed of fifty-three miles per hour. By 1909, with the most
integrated automobile factory in Europe, Daimler employed (27) ________ seventeen hundred workers to
produce fewer than a thousand cars per year.
Nothing illustrates the superiority of European design better than the sharp contrast between this first
Mercedes model and Ransom E. Olds’ 1901-1906 one-cylinder, three-horsepower, tiller-steered, curved-dash
Oldsmobile, (28) ________ was merely a motorized horse buggy. But the Olds sold for only $650, putting it
within reach of middle-class Americans, and the 1904 Olds output of 5,508 units (29) ________ any car
production previously accomplished.
The central problem of automotive technology over the first (30) ________ of the twentieth century would
be reconciling the advanced design of the 1901 Mercedes with the moderate price and low operating expenses of
the Olds. This would be overwhelmingly an American achievement.
Question 26: A. as B. and C. although D. for
Page 96 of 117
Question 27: A. some B. any C. either D. each
Question 28: A. where B. who C. that D. which
Question 29: A. submitted B. committed C. surpassed D. assumed
Question 30: A. decade B. package C. contest D. debate
The ancient Egyptians were the first to incorporate perfume into their culture, followed by the ancient
Chinese, Hindus, Israelites, Carthaginians, Arabs, Greeks, and Romans. The oldest perfumes were discovered by
archaeologists in Cyprus. They were more than 4,000 years old. A cuneiform tablet from Mesopotamia, dating
back more than 3,000 years, identifies a woman named Tapputi as the first recorded perfume maker. But perfumes
could also be found in India at the time.
The earliest use of perfume bottles is Egyptian and dates to around 1000 B.C. The Egyptians invented glass,
and perfume bottles were one of the first common uses for glass. Persian and Arab chemists helped codify the
production of perfume and its use spread throughout the world of classical antiquity. The rise of Christianity,
however, saw a decline in the use of perfume for much of the Dark Ages. It was the Muslim world that kept the
traditions of perfume alive during this time—and helped trigger its revival with the onset of international trade.
The 16th century saw the popularity of perfume explode in France, especially among the upper classes and
nobles. With help from “the perfume court,” the court of Louis XV, everything got perfumed: furniture, gloves,
and other clothing. The 18th-century invention of eau de Cologne helped the perfume industry continue to grow.
A. Perfume Incorporated into Culture B. Perfume and Its Use Throughout the World
C. History of Perfume Around the World D. The Popularity of Perfume in France
Question 32: The word “common” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. usual B. narrow C. legal D. standard
Question 33: According to paragraph 1, the traditions of perfume were alive during the Dark Ages because
______.
A. Persian and Arab chemists helped preserved them B. the rise of Christianity maintained them
C. the production of perfume and its use were popular D. the Muslim world tried to keep them
A. Dark Ages B. Muslim world C. traditions of perfume D. this time
Question 35: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as an important timeline of
perfume?
A. The ancient Arabs were the first to incorporate perfume into their culture.
B. The earliest use of perfume dates to around 1000 B.C.
C. Perfume was extremely popular in France in 16th century.
D. Eau de Cologne was invented in the 18th-century.
For thousands of years, our ancestors appreciated a small number of materials distinguished by their smooth
and often colourful appearance: Ivory, tortoiseshell, and horn could be turned into small luxury items that bore a
warmth and elegance hard to achieve in other substances. In the 1800s, the growth of markets, combined with a
greatly enlarged understanding of chemistry, gave rise to a whole new class of artificial substances that made it
possible to turn out such items in great quantities at low cost. The first commercial plastic was celluloid, made
from nitrated cotton and camphor. When this combination was heated under pressure, it was transformed into an
astonishingly versatile substance that could be made into everything from combs and collars to dolls, playing
cards, and, eventually, ping pong balls.
In the 20th century, this first plastic was joined by a host of substances that were even more, well, plastic.
The new plastics, by then typically made from by-products of coal or petroleum production, were sometimes
fashioned into more ersatz luxury items. But their properties also lent themselves to a host of technical uses,
from telephones and other electrical devices to substitute body parts and other medical devices that would be all
but unthinkable made out of any other substance.
Closely related to these plastics was rubber, which started out as a natural product brought to Europe by
early explorers of South America. Natives used the milky sap of Hevea brasiliensis for waterproofing and making
Page 97 of 117
bouncing balls. The Europeans adapted lumps of dried sap to rub out pencil marks (hence the name "rubber"). It
was not until about 1840 that Charles Goodyear discovered how to make the material into a range of stable forms,
good for everything from combs to inflatable rafts. The rubber pneumatic tire proved indispensable for motor
transport in the 20th century, and this dependence led to the invention of synthetic rubber, much in the same
fashion as the plastics.
A. Plastics & rubber B. Artificial Substances
C. By-products of Coal D. Rubber Pneumatic Tire
Question 37: The word “it” in paragraph 1 refers to ______.
A. celluloid B. combination C. substance D. everything
Question 38: In paragraph 1, the growth of markets in the 1800s gave rise to ______.
A. small luxury items B. a greatly enlarged understanding of chemistry
C. a whole new class of artificial substances D. nitrated cotton and camphor
Question 39: The word “properties” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. advantages B. consequences C. characteristics D. establishments
Question 40: The word “stable” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. bloody B. muddy C. tidy D. steady
A. Smooth materials with colourful appearance were not appreciated by our ancestors.
B. Celluloid was the first commercial plastic.
C. Luxury items were sometimes made of the new plastics.
D. Rubber was brought to Europe by early explorers of South America.
A. The milky sap of Hevea brasiliensis is the best material to make bouncing balls.
B. Since discovered, rubber has become more and more essential for motor transport.
C. Charles Goodyear adapted lumps of dried sap to rub out pencil marks.
D. The invention of synthetic rubber was first discovered in 1840.
Question 43: The argument was upsetting for us all - I don’t want to talk about them.
A. The B. for C. to talk D. them
Question 44: The new trade agreement should felicitate more rapid economic growth.
A. The B. should felicitate C. more D. economic growth
Question 45: Mr. Smith went to the church to feel relaxed every day.
A. Mr. B. went C. the D. relaxed
Question 46: “You should turn off the ceiling fan now,” I told the girl.
A. I reminded the girl to turn off the ceiling fan then. B. I insisted on the girl turning off the ceiling fan now.
C. I advised the girl to turn off the ceiling fan then. D. I ordered the girl to turn off the ceiling fan now.
Question 47: It’s compulsory for you to contact the customer and give her an explanation.
A. You needn’t contact the customer and give her an explanation.
B. You must contact the customer and give her an explanation.
C. You may contact the customer and give her an explanation.
D. You shouldn’t contact the customer and give her an explanation.
Question 48: I started to work as a teacher 14 years ago.
A. I last worked as a teacher 14 years ago. B. I didn’t work as a teacher 14 years ago
C. I haven’t worked as a teacher for 14 years. D. I have worked as a teacher for 14 years.
Question 49: They cannot give birth any more. They really want to have one more daughter.
A. Although they cannot give birth any more, they have one more daughter.
Page 98 of 117
B. As long as they can give birth, they want to have one more daughter.
C. If only they could have given birth and could have had one more daughter.
D. They wish they could give birth and could have one more daughter.
Question 50: I went home. Then, I realized I had left my laptop at the office.
A. But for the fact that I had left my laptop at the office, I wouldn’t have gone home.
B. Only after I had gone home did I realize I had left my laptop at the office.
C. Having realized I had left my laptop at the office, I went home.
D. Hardly had I left my laptop at the office when I went home.
MOCK TEST 6
Question 1: A. introduced B. wanted C. completed D. decided
Question 2: A. smug B. tuck C. bury D. sum
Question 3: A. mushroom B. conduct C. surface D. tackle
Question 4: A. faculty B. habitat C. opposite D. detective
questions.
Question 5: The more famous she is, ______ for us to meet her.
A. more difficult B. the more difficult C. most difficult D. the most difficult
Question 6: I ski for the ______, but I’m also always aware of the risks.
A. excite B. excitement C. exciting D. excitingly
Question 7: I want you to clear all these toys away ______ bedtime.
A. before B. in C. over D. with
Question 8: There is still much to discuss. We shall, ______, return to this item at our next meeting.
A. because B. therefore C. unless D. however
Question 9: They were always coming to class late, ______?
A. didn’t they B. do they C. weren’t they D. are they
Question 10: ________ at the pictures, she found a familiar face.
A. Looked B. To look C. Having been looked D. Looking
Question 11: I was sure she had seen me ______.
A. though she gave no sign B. in case she will give no sign
C. as she was giving no sign D. because she has given no sign
Question 12: She ______ with the aim of becoming the youngest ever winner of the championship.
A. turned out B. turned up C. set out D. set up
Question 13: My car has disappeared. It __________ by my brother.
A. was taking B. takes C. was taken D. took
Question 14: I gave Jim very clear instructions, but even then he managed to ______ a mess of it.
A. get B. make C. set D. take
Question 15: On the envelope was a firm ______ to open the letter immediately.
A. instruction B. competition C. attention D. combination
Question 16: What an ________ cup and saucer!
A. amazing Chinese old B. Chinese old amazing
C. old amazing Chinese D. amazing old Chinese
Question 17: When I looked down and saw how far I had to jump, my ______ failed me.
A. courage B. aspect C. member D. moment
Question 18: There are 30 people coming to dinner tonight, so it’s all ______ on deck.
A. feets B. sandals C. hands D. boots
Question 19: He will make a cup of coffee and enjoy it when he ______ this work.
A. completes B. is completing C. completed D. has completed
Page 99 of 117
Question 20: He has established himself as the leading candidate in the election.
A. strict B. main C. rare D. huge
Question 21: The economy has shown significant improvement over the past 9 months.
A. innovation B. intention C. indication D. invention
Question 22: We don’t want to get too deeply involved with these people.
A. unexpectedly B. optimistically C. inadequately D. superficially
Question 23: You may not have this hot list out of the box, but you can hone it over time.
A. shortly B. however C. hereafter D. immediately
Question 24: The porter at the hotel is offering help to Marry.
Porter: “Let me help you with that heavy luggage.” - Marry: “__________”
A. My pleasure. B. I don’t think you can. C. I’m sad to hear that. D. Thank you. You are so kind.
Question 25: Linh is inviting Trang to her brother’s wedding on Sunday.
Linh: “I would like to invite you to my brother’s wedding this Sunday.” - Trang: “__________”
A. No way. B. That sounds great. C. Forget it. D. I don’t think so.
Tsunamis have occurred often throughout history. So frequently in Japan, in fact, that they invented the
word specifically for the phenomenon: ‘tsu’ meaning harbour and ‘nami’ meaning wave.
“It’s actually quite frightening to think that the Japanese tsunami event is smaller than the 2004 Indian
Ocean tsunami, smaller even than the 1960 Chilean tsunami, yet the (26) ________ to Japan’s people and
economy is still profound,” says Professor James Goff, co-director of the Australian Tsunami Research Centre
and Natural Hazards Research Lab at the University of New South Wales. “It’s a horrendous tragedy, (27)
________ was caused by a completely unpredictable event.”
(28) ________ little historical data exist on the size of tsunami waves, how many occur in one event, or
how far they advance on shore, scientists rank them according to how much damage they wreak. However,
assessing just how much damage a single tsunami event (29) ________ may take many months to years; and it
may be (30) ________ time before the Japan earthquake and tsunami can be truly rated on a historical scale.
Question 26: A. standard B. account C. damage D. notice

Question 27: A. who B. that C. when D. which
Question 28: A. Because B. Except C. Before D. Although
Question 29: A. solves B. causes C. proves D. searches
Question 30: A. any B. another C. some D. every
The Earth used to spin on its axis faster than it does today. After the hypothetical giant impact that led to
the formation of the moon, the Earth’s day was as short as 6 hours. How did it get to a leisurely 24?
That’s right, it was the moon! The moon makes some pretty nice tides, but the Earth is also spinning on its
axis. That spinning physically drags the tidal bulges around the planet. So instead of the tides appearing directly
beneath the moon, they’re slightly ahead of it, orbitally speaking.
So you’ve got a big lump of extra ocean water in a place where it’s not supposed to be. Since gravity is a
two-way street, that lump pulls on the moon. Like tugging a reluctant dog on a leash, that tidal bulge yanks on
the moon bit by bit, accelerating it into ever-higher orbits.
By the way, the moon is slowly getting farther away from Earth. And that energy to accelerate the moon
has to come from somewhere, and that somewhere is the Earth itself: Day by day, millennium by millennium,
the Earth slows down, converting its rotational energy into the moon’s orbital energy.
Page 100 of 117

If you took away the moon, it’s not like this process would reverse, but it wouldn’t keep going. That might
or might not be a good thing, depending on how much you like the length of your workday.
A. Do You Like 24 Hours in A Day? B. The Moon Makes Tides
C. Extra Ocean Water in A Place D. The Earth’s rotational energy
Question 32: According to paragraph 2, the tides appear slightly ahead of the moon because ______.
A. the moon is also spinning on its axis B. the moon moves orbitally
C. the Earth’s spinning physically drags them D. the Earth is much bigger than the moon
Question 33: The word “where” in paragraph 3 refers to ______.
A. big lump B. ocean water C. place D. gravity
Question 34: The word “reluctant” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. unique B. unwilling C. conscious D. relevant
Question 35: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as a fact related to the moon?
A. The distance between the moon and the Earth is slowly farther.
B. The moon’s orbital energy originates from the Earth’s rotational energy.
C. The disappearance of the moon wouldn’t reverse the process.
D. The length of your workday depends much on the moon.
Going beyond body language that involves skin contact, there are other business-related practices involving
contact with surfaces that will also likely be phased out. Again, this would probably have happened anyway, but
COVID-19 has hastened the process. The use of AirPlay and other mirroring technology will become the
mainstay, and using a public desktop computer in a meeting room, with people bringing their files on USB flash
drives, will become a thing of the past. Is your boss still printing hard copies of the meeting agenda and passing
it out prior to the meeting? This is the time to finally start sharing all those forms digitally and have them live on
a cloud.
Touchless technology in general will become more standard across the board. For example, if your
workplace cafeteria currently doesn’t have a touchless payment system, it likely soon will. Accessible doors will
finally gain traction. Automatic doors for bathrooms and meeting rooms have been sold for years in the name of
accessibility. Now that they can serve a dual purpose (i.e. accessibility and the prevention of viral transmissions),
more companies will implement them.
Business travel, a source of much surface contact (as well as skin contact from all that handshaking), will
also be transformed. Most likely we’ll see an overall decrease of it, just like we did after 9/11 and the Great
Recession. Teleconferencing is here to stay and it will become much more immersive, eliminating the need for a
significant amount of business travel. In-person, physical travel will be reserved for the more essential trips.
Tim Cook, CEO of Apple, once said “For all of the beauty of technology and all the things we’ve helped
facilitate over the years, nothing yet replaces human interaction.” And it’s true. When it comes to effective
business communication, nothing will replace human interaction. Rather, human interaction, both in-person and
digital, is simply evolving. And this evolution, particularly when it is in response to shifting societal needs, is
mostly a good thing.
A. The Use of AirPlay B. Touchless Technology in General
C. Business Setups, Practices, and Travel Will Change D. The Great Recession
Question 37: The word “process” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. inspection B. position C. reaction D. evolution
Question 38: In paragraph 1, practices involving contact with surfaces will ______.
A. happen more regularly B. be eliminated faster due to COVID-19
C. become the mainstay D. be passed out prior to the meeting
Question 39: The word “it” in paragraph 2 refers to ______.
A. cafeteria B. system C. traction D. accessibility
Question 40: The word “overall” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. practical B. general C. rational D. colossal
Page 101 of 117

A. Public desktop computer in a meeting room will become a thing of the past.
B. Touchless technology will become more and more popular.
C. Teleconferencing will never eliminate business travel.
D. According to Tim Cook, nothing can replace human interaction.
A. Human interaction is irreplaceable, but it may change.
B. The beauty of technology will make things more interesting.
C. Effective business communication must be made with a digital device.
D. Shifting societal needs is mostly a good thing.
Question 43: Scientists think there is water on Mars a long time ago.
A. Scientists B. is C. on D. a
Question 44: When you’ve finished your work sheets, clip them together and hand it in to me.
A. When B. finished C. and D. it
Question 45: Kazakova’s performance made her the heroin of the Moscow Film Festival.
A. Kazakova’s B. made C. the heroin of D. Film Festival
Question 46: They started to build their house two months ago.
A. They haven’t built their house for two months. B. They have built their house for two months.
C. They last built their house two months ago. D. They didn’t build their house two months ago.
Question 47: “Stop crying or I will leave you outside,” said the woman to the boy.
A. The woman promised the boy to stop crying or she would leave him outside.
B. The woman made the boy stop crying or she would leave him outside.
C. The woman instructed the boy to stop crying or she would leave him outside.
D. The woman ordered the boy to stop crying or she would leave him outside.
Question 48: You are not allowed to use red ink in the exam.
A. You should use red ink in the exam. B. You may use red ink in the exam.
C. You mustn’t use red ink in the exam. D. You needn’t use red ink in the exam.
Question 49: I don’t feel sleepy at all. I really want to sleep some more.
A. If I feel sleepy, I want to sleep some more.
B. Since I don’t feel sleepy at all, I want to sleep some more.
C. If only I had felt sleepy and could have slept some more.
D. I wish I felt sleepy and could sleep some more.
Question 50: He graduated from the university. He started to work for the local hospital soon after that.
A. No sooner had he graduated from the university than he started to work for the local hospital.
B. Only after he had started to work for the local hospital did he graduate from the university.
C. Not only did he start to work for the local hospital but he also graduated from the university.
D. Having started to work for the local hospital, he graduated from the university.
MOCK TEST 7
Question 1: A. enjoyed B. called C. joined D. helped
Question 2: A. slope B. bomb C. whole D. home
Question 3: A. explore B. mission C. threaten D. sector
Page 102 of 117

Question 4: A. chemical B. medical C. solution D. decorate
questions.
Question 5: He has already achieved his main ______ in life - to become wealthy.
A. location B. direction C. definition D. ambition
Question 6: How long the journey takes will ______ on how long it takes to get through the traffic.
A. dependent B. dependently C. depend D. dependence
Question 7: ________ to wake him up, I turned off the radio.
A. Not wanting B. Not wanted C. Not to want D. Not have been wanted
Question 8: Anne was fond of Tim ______.
A. after he often annoys her B. though he often annoyed her
C. when he has often annoyed her D. until he will often annoy her
Question 9: The whole report is badly written. ______, it’s inaccurate.
A. Despite B. Therefore C. Because of D. Moreover
Question 10: Trang went to see the dentist after she ______ able to suffer the toothache.
A. hasn’t been B. wasn’t C. hadn’t been D. won’t be
Question 11: The older Ms. Lucy is, ______ she becomes.
A. the most attractive B. most attractive
C. the more attractive D. more attractive
Question 12: The discount applies only to children ______ the age of ten.
A. under B. between C. during D. among
Question 13: So as not __________ by paparazzi, Angelina Jolie wore a veil.
A. recognize B. to be recognizing C. recognizing D. to be recognized
Question 14: These parts of the world don’t have different climatic conditions, ______?
A. didn’t they B. do they C. weren’t they D. are they
Question 15: Ms. Hoa is a ______ girl who always smiles with everyone friendly.
A. beautiful tall young B. young beautiful tall
C. young tall beautiful D. tall young beautiful
Question 16: It is the job of the ______ to enforce compliance with the regulations.
A. employers B. owners C. inspectors D. players
Question 17: I ______ sight of my former teacher while I was out shopping yesterday.
A. seen B. caught C. viewed D. faced
Question 18: I’ve tried to get him to leave, but he can’t take a ______.
A. card B. care C. key D. hint
Question 19: They said the operation had been successful and they expected his wife to ______.
A. pull through B. come through C. pull away D. come away
Question 20: She’s just left a secure job to start up her own company.
A. odd B. weak C. safe D. fair
Question 21: I don’t eat meat, only fish, but there’s a good variety available here.
A. ability B. activity C. security D. diversity
Question 22: All non-violent religious and political beliefs should be respected equally.
A. frankly B. differently C. properly D. joyfully
Question 23: Sure, I’ve tried to live a benign life, putting my shoulder to the wheel for peace.
A. being indifferent to B. feeling tired of C. looking happy in D. becoming strong in
Question 24: The postman is talking to Tom on the phone.
Postman: “I will come and give you the package a bit late.” - Tom: “__________”
Page 103 of 117

A. Thanks anyway. B. Why late? C. No way. D. I don’t agree.
Question 25: Mary is feeling grateful to Gorge for his help.
Mary: “Thank you very much for your help in time.” - George: “__________”
A. Don’t thank. B. You say well. C. It’s my duty. D. Never mind.
We might be drinking the recommended amount of fluid each day, but are we drinking the right things?
Very few of us can say that water is the only thing we drink and tea, coffee, fruit juices and carbonated drinks are
a daily choice for most of us, (26) ________ does the wrong choice of drink means we might actually be doing
more (27) ________ than good? If thirst sees you reaching for a sweetened, caffeinated drink, you will be loading
your system with sugar and stimulants that bring with them excess calories, and a temporary boost (28) ________
is bound to result in an energy slump soon afterwards. Fruit juice and smoothies should also be limited because
of the natural ‘free’ sugars they contain and the high caffeine levels of (29) ________ tea and coffee can cause
anxiety, insomnia and digestive uses. Few of us will want to give up all these choices but swapping some of
them for more tap water in our diet each day can only be a good thing and if you are finding tap water a bit dull,
try (30) ________ a slice of lemon, lime or cucumber for a subtle taste. Also interested about how it works with
food and health? And would like to get a clear view on what is a healthy body fat percentage? Then take a look
at our body fat percentage page.
Question 26: A. but B. because C. although D. as

Question 27: A. item B. harm C. face D. step
Question 28: A. who B. when C. where D. which
Question 29: A. few B. another C. some D. every
Question 30: A. adding B. building C. showing D. holding
A lot of wealthy individuals and companies around the world have personal and corporate jets. As you can
imagine, these jets do not come with a small price tag. And when money becomes tight, there are times when the
payments on these jets are not made, and they have to be repossessed. Enter the airplane repossession specialists.
These men and women are responsible for recovering commercial aircraft from around the world, sometimes
from less-than-ideal locations or owners, making it occasionally risky but equally thrilling work.
You will be responsible for finding the aircraft’s location and monitoring the site, somewhat like that of a
private investigator. You will be determining the most opportune time to jump into the plane and take off with it.
It is not as simple as the car repo man who shows up with a tow truck in the middle of the night. When an owner
does not want to turn over their plane, planning to legally apprehend it can feel a bit like you’re a secret agent in
the latest Hollywood blockbuster.
It is almost unheard of for airplane repo specialists to repossess planes on their own. You are typically sent
as part of a team, which includes a mechanic who checks the plane to ensure that it is safe for take-off. Although
airplane repo professionals come from all different kinds of backgrounds, you will have to become a commercial
pilot since you need to fly the plane. And you could expect to receive good compensation for doing so. You will
likely work on a commission basis. Forbes has reported that an airplane repo person can make anywhere from
$10,000 to $90,000 per plane, depending on its resale value.
A. Payments on The Jets B. Most Opportune Time to Jump into The Plane
C. Mechanic Checks The Plane D. Airplane Repo Person
Question 32: According to paragraph 1, some jets have to be repossessed because ______.
A. wealthy individuals and companies stop hiring them B. they come with a small price tag
C. the payments for these jets are not made D. they make the trip occasionally risky
Question 33: The word “thrilling” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. willing B. exciting C. opening D. leading
Question 34: The word “which” in paragraph 3 refers to ______.
A. team B. plane C. blockbuster D. compensation
Page 104 of 117

Question 35: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as an information about the
job of the airplane repossession specialists?
A. They are responsible for finding the aircraft’s location.
B. They check the plane to ensure that it is safe for take-off.
C. They are typically sent as part of a team. D. They themselves need to fly the plane.
The coronavirus pandemic has changed the way we live and interact with each other. We often speak of the
“new normal”. This concerns our social norms – meaning patterns of behaviour, aspirations, attitudes. Norms can
be visible (overt) and hidden (covert); if we behave in a certain way long and frequently enough, it becomes
normal for us. Our norms have changed during the pandemic since the disease caused by the virus is so infectious
that we need to change our behaviour to prevent it from spreading further. These altered social norms include,
among others, social distancing, the way we greet each other (e.g. by touching elbows), and the way we work
(e.g. many of us are now working and learning remotely).
Changing social norms also affect our social bonds. Because of the lockdown, some relationships have
grown stronger (e.g. with family members, friends), and some – weaker (e.g. with more distant acquaintances,
colleagues). We’ve worked out new ways to keep in touch with each other, and even to form new relationships –
by, for example, organising online meetings or even parties. For many of us, this model of work and
communication has already become the “new normal”, and it’s hard to imagine that we won’t keep at least some
of today’s behaviours alive after the pandemic ends.
There are many threats underlying these changes, though. It may happen, for instance, that people will
become used to communicating only or almost only online, which will make their “offline” relationships weaker.
The sense of alienation at work may increase – employees can become more alienated not only from their
workplace but also from work itself. It’s still hard to tell what long-term social consequences the intensifying
economic crisis will be for our lifestyle and how the way we work and our consumer behaviours will change.
Much depends on how long the pandemic will last and how much our behaviour needs to change for us to be able
to adapt to the new reality.
It may appear that long after the threat is gone and all COVID-19-related restrictions, prohibitions, and
“lockdowns” are abolished, even if we forget about the coronavirus, some of the social norms having emerged
during the pandemic may be here to stay.
A. How to Alter Social Norms? B. The Impact of COVID-19 on Social Norms
C. The Model of Work and Communication D. COVID-19-related Restrictions and Prohibitions
Question 37: The word “norms” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. markets B. volumes C. penalties D. standards
Question 38: In paragraph 1, we need to change our behaviour to ______.
A. interact with each other B. behave in a certain way long and frequently enough
C. prevent virus from spreading further D. greet each other
Question 39: The word “model” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. matter B. value C. type D. body
A. online communication B. people C. changes D. relationships
A. Altered social norms include the way we greet and work.
B. We have no new ways to keep in touch with each other.
C. People will become used to online communicating only.
D. It’s still hard to tell how our consumer behaviours will change.
A. The threat of COVID-19 will soon disappear.
B. All COVID-19-related restrictions, prohibitions weren’t necessary.
C. People will soon forget about the coronavirus.
D. Some of the social norms emerged during the pandemic will exist for ages.
Page 105 of 117

Question 43: Today’s students also appear more formerly dressed and conservative-looking these days.
A. Today’s B. also C. formerly D. these days
Question 44: She was studying English when the light goes out.
A. She B. English C. the D. goes out
Question 45: If anyone rings for me, please tell it I’ll be back in the office at four o’clock.
A. rings B. it C. back D. at
Question 46: You are not allowed to step on the grass in this area.
A. You cannot step on the grass in this area. B. You may step on the grass in this area.
C. You should step on the grass in this area. D. You mustn’t step on the grass in this area.
Question 47: My father started planting orchids several years ago.
A. My father has planted orchids for several years. B. My father last planted orchids several years ago.
C. My father didn’t plant orchids several years ago. D. My father hasn’t planted orchids for several years.
Question 48: “You can’t wear your dirty shoes in the class,” said the teacher to the student.
A. The teacher asked the student wear his dirty shoes in the class.
B. The teacher forbade the student from wearing his dirty shoes in the class.
C. The teacher invited the student wear his dirty shoes in the class.
D. The teacher informed the student wear his dirty shoes in the class.
Question 49: Ms. Nga has little money. She really wants to buy a new mobile.
A. Because Ms. Nga has little money, she can buy a new mobile.
B. As long as Ms. Nga has more money, she will be able to buy a new mobile.
C. Ms. Nga wishes she had more money and could buy a new mobile.
D. Although Ms. Nga has little money, she still wants to buy a new mobile.
Question 50: She finished the meal. Her children came home after school soon after that.
A. Had it not been for her children’s coming home after school, she couldn’t have finished the meal.
B. Only after her children had come home after school did she finish the meal.
C. Not only did her children come home after school but she also finished the meal.
D. No sooner had she finished the meal than her children came home after school.
MOCK TEST 8
Question 1: A. watched B. collapsed C. caused D. laughed
Question 2: A. ship B. lift C. fit D. drive
Question 3: A. implant B. waver C. worship D. double
Question 4: A. summary B. interact C. portable D. specify
questions.
Question 5: People like to be made to feel important, ______?
A. did they B. don’t they C. were they D. aren’t they
Question 6: Joe’s leg ______ while he was playing football.
A. broke B. was breaking C. was broken D. was being broken
Question 7: I didn’t realize we had to write each answer ______ a new sheet of paper.
A. for B. to C. in D. on
Question 8: ______ you drive, the more likely you are to have an accident.
A. Fastest B. The fastest C. Faster D. The faster
Question 9: She gave him a ________ wallet as a gift at his birthday party.
A. small brown leather B. small leather brown
Page 106 of 117

C. brown small leather D. leather small brown
Question 10: He has taught many pupils of all ages since he ______ our school.
A. joins B. joined C. will join D. was joining
Question 11: He hated being in the army ______ he had to obey commands.
A. because of B. instead of C. because D. although
Question 12: You should take your car in for a service ______.
A. until it was starting to make weird noises B. because it’s starting to make weird noises
C. in case it had started to make weird noises D. as long as it has started to make weird noises
Question 13: ________ every major judo title, Mark retired from international competition.
A. To win B. Being won C. Having won D. Won
Question 14: The fund provides money to clean up chemically polluted ______ sites.
A. industrial B. industry C. industrialize D. industrially
Question 15: He ______ playing the piano to answer the door.
A. left off B. let out C. put off D. put out
Question 16: I don’t let the children ______ sweet fizzy drinks.
A. make B. take C. throw D. have
Question 17: The new teaching ______ encourage children to think for themselves.
A. methods B. subjects C. tools D. locations
Question 18: She didn’t do much, but she got the lion’s ______ of the attention from the teachers.
A. part B. bite C. share D. meal
Question 19: We want clean rivers and lakes, where you can swim without risk to your ______.
A. thought B. health C. feeling D. mind
Question 20: This booklet provides useful information about local services.
A. helpful B. medical C. grateful D. similar
Question 21: What the dogs do is a natural function but where they do it is chosen by humans.
A. feature B. portion C. part D. role
Question 22: We need to think carefully about the possible consequences of this decision.
A. smoothly B. solemnly C. incautiously D. seriously
Question 23: My mother feels a bit under the weather today.
A. wealthy B. healthy C. weak D. sick
Question 24: Tom is inviting Linda to his birthday party.
Tom: “Would you like to come to my birthday party next week?” - Linda: “__________”
A. Why not? B. Yes, I’d love to. C. I don’t think so. D. No, I’d love to.
Question 25: Minh want to borrow Hoa’s pencil as he left his at home.
Minh: “May I borrow your pencil for a while?” - Hoa: “__________”
A. Sure. B. Yes, you can.
C. Why don’t you carry yours? D. No, you can.
The Pennsylvania Department of Health is working to ensure all enrolled vaccine providers have
information publicly available for those currently eligible to be vaccinated. This map will be (26) ________
weekly on Monday afternoon. Click on a marker to see details on vaccination locations. All locations listed on
the map are enrolled providers. The dark blue circles represent locations (27) ________ received vaccine from
the Pennsylvania Department of Health (28) ________ the light blue diamonds are locations which received
vaccine directly from the federal government. It is important to note that the supply of vaccine compared to the
demand is very limited. Please note that an allocation of vaccine does not guarantee that appointments are still
Page 107 of 117

available. Contact the provider directly to schedule an appointment if you are eligible in Phase 1A. This map is
intended for people seeking their first (29) ________ of vaccine. If you already received your first dose of Pfizer
or Moderna vaccine, you should return to the (30) ________ provider for your second dose regardless of whether
they appear on this map.
Question 26: A. prevented B. updated C. discussed D. realized

Question 27: A. who B. where C. whose D. which
Question 28: A. and B. although C. because D. but
Question 29: A. piece B. dose C. drop D. unit
Question 30: A. each B. another C. same D. every
In both the Convention on the Rights of the Child and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs),
countries committed to end violence against children. The SDGs call for the end of abuse, exploitation and all
forms of violence and torture against children by 2030. UNICEF works with governments and partners worldwide
to prevent and respond to violence against children in all contexts.
We collaborate with governments across sectors – including health, education, the justice system, and other
social services – and with partners in business, civil society, faith-based organizations and the media to prevent
and respond to violence against children. At the national and local levels, our efforts strengthen laws and policies
to improve public service delivery for children and families in their homes, communities and schools.
We also support parents and caregivers through parenting initiatives, while working with young people
themselves to ensure their voices shape UNICEF programming. And we work with communities, too, to tackle
harmful behaviours and social norms, advocating for social change that promotes safe environments.
UNICEF plays a pivotal role in establishing global alliances and setting technical guidance to
comprehensively address violence against children. By improving data availability and building evidence, we
help raise awareness, enhance political will and hold decision makers to account.
A. Violence against Children and Development B. UNICEF’s Response to Violence against Children
C. All Violence against Children is Preventable D. Typical Violence against Children
Question 32: According to paragraph 1, UNICEF works with governments and partners worldwide because
________.
A. It tries to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals
B. It ignores all forms of violence and torture against children
C. It cooperates economically more with governments
D. It wants to prevent violence against children
A. behaviours B. social norms C. social change D. environments
Question 34: The word “pivotal” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. crucial B. anxious C. senior D. secret
Question 35: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as a method UNICEF does to
prevent violence against children?
A. Collaborating with governments B. Strengthening laws and policies
C. Supporting parents and caregivers D. Asking decision makers to improving data
Simply put, children are not equipped to manage life on their own. After all, children can’t earn income
and provide for their own economic security. They need a stable home and strong parents who are committed to
their well-being. Children need to feel safe and protected to engage in a healthy way with the world.
When children feel protected, they can enjoy the magic and wonder of childhood. They won’t need to waste
energy worrying about issues that they can’t control and can engage in meaningful play and favorite pastimes. If
difficulties do arise, children can trust that their parents will handle those issues as well.
While physical protection is important, don’t overlook the importance of family providing emotional
protection. You may have concerns about finances, the health of aging family members, or the stability of your
Page 108 of 117

employment. These are common concerns for adults, but it’s usually best to shield children from unnecessary
burdens that they have little or no influence over. By doing so, you give them better odds of being able to shoulder
the emotional burdens that are typical for their age - keeping up with homework, making new friends, and so
forth.
What if a serious issue arises? While it may be necessary to involve them at some point, it should be done
in a way that is age-appropriate, and only after you have discussed the issue with your partner, spouse, or other
adults. Make sure such conversations are not able to be overheard by children. Then, when it’s time to discuss
the concern with them, limit the details to those that are appropriate, while answering their questions honestly.
In doing so, you’ll help your children feel secure and loved.
When serious difficulties arise, seek support from trusted friends and family to ensure you have enough
time for self-care and reflection. Taking care of yourself is key to ensuring that you can be a sensitive and loving
parent when your children need you most.
A. Income and economic security B. Concerns about Finances
C. Families Provide Protection D. Why a serious issue arises
Question 37: The word "magic" in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. affair B. study C. level D. charm
Question 38: In paragraph 2, children can enjoy their childhood when ______.
A. they can’t control some issues B. they don’t have meaningful play and favorite pastimes
C. they can handle issues they encounter as well D. they feel protected
A. concerns B. children C. burdens D. odds
Question 40: The word “appropriate” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. relevant B. envious C. critical D. tolerant
A. A stable home and strong parents are crucial to children’s well-being.
B. It’s also important for the family to provide children with emotional protection.
C. All adults’ conversations must be overheard by children.
D. Parents should be sensitive and available when children need them most.
A. Only physical protection is important, other things can be overlooked.
B. Children themselves have their own burden, so don’t force them to shoulder more.
C. Children also have concerns about finances, the health of aging family members.
D. All common concerns for adults must be discussed directly with children.
Question 43: He left London 2 years ago and I didn’t see him since then.
A. London B. ago C. didn’t see D. since
Question 44: Australia has their own cultural identity, which is very different from that of Britain.
A. their B. identity C. very D. that
Question 45: The whole matter is farther complicated by the fact that Amanda and Jo refuse to speak to each
other.
A. The whole B. farther C. the fact that D. to each
Question 46: I last talked to my daughter 2 months ago.
A. I haven’t talked to my daughter for 2 months. B. I didn’t talk to my daughter 2 years ago.
C. I have talked to my daughter for 2 years. D. I had a conversation with my daughter for 2 years.
Question 47: “Why don’t you get your hair cut, Gavin?” said Adam.
A. Adam advised Gavin to have his hair cut. B. Adam invited Gavin to have his hair cut.
C. Adam promised to cut Gavin’s hair. D. Adam suggested Gavin should have his hair cut.
Question 48: Perhaps I will not go jogging this afternoon.
A. I may not go jogging this afternoon. B. I must go jogging this afternoon.
Page 109 of 117

C. I mustn’t go jogging this afternoon. D. I shouldn’t go jogging this afternoon.
Question 49: Her father is away on business. She really needs his help now.
A. If only her father had been at home and could have helped her.
B. As long as her father is at home, he will be able to help her.
C. If her father is at home, he can help her now.
D. She wishes her father were at home and could help her now.
Question 50: Her negative thoughts are serious. They have damaged her self-esteem.
A. Only if her negative thoughts were serious would they damage her self-esteem.
B. Not until her negative thoughts had damaged her self-esteem were they serious.
C. So serious are her negative thoughts that they have damaged her self-esteem.
D. But for her serious negative thoughts, they would have damaged her self-esteem.
MOCK TEST 9
Question 1: A. structured B. embroidered C. preserved D. embarrassed
Question 2: A. put B. bulb C. slum D. hunt
Question 3: A. unique B. attire C. custom D. pursue
Question 4: A. designer B. ancestor C. proposal D. tradition
questions.
Question 5: ______ the wind, the heavier the rain.
A. The stronger B. stronger C. The strongest D. strongest
Question 6: He bought a ________ house near the city center.
A. big pink beautiful B. beautiful big pink C. pink big beautiful D. beautiful pink big
Question 7: She didn’t study modern European history at college, ______?
A. isn’t she B. was she C. doesn’t she D. did she
Question 8: I almost missed my flight ______ there was a long queue in the duty-free shop.
A. in spite of B. before C. thanks to D. because
Question 9: ________ the homework, she ate a sandwich.
A. Having done B. Did C. To do D. Being done
Question 10: Her ______ isn’t good with her father, but she’s very close to her mother.
A. relate B. relationship C. relative D. relatively
Question 11: All the houses in the area ______ immediately.
A. have to rebuild B. have to be rebuilt C. had to rebuild D. has to be rebuilt
Question 12: The actor was happy with a part in a movie ______.
A. even though the part was small B. because the part has been small
C. when the part will be small D. after the part had been small
Question 13: The fire doesn’t seem to be ______ much heat.
A. giving up B. giving off C. taking up D. taking off
Question 14: He seemed very young, but he was ______ reality older than all of us.
A. by B. with C. in D. at
Question 15: When you buy a new ______, you usually get software included at no extra cost.
A. insurance B. cigarette C. computer D. medicine
Question 16: Mr. Trung has met many foreigners since he ______ here last summer.
A. moves B. will move C. was moving D. moved
Question 17: Hotel bookings are at a pace to ______ a new record this year.
A. set B. earn C. send D. owe
Page 110 of 117

Question 18: Politicians promise the ______ before an election, but things are different afterwards.
A. sea B. earth C. hill D. moon
Question 19: Our neighbours are very inconsiderate - they’re always playing loud ______ late at night.
A. toy B. tennis C. virus D. music
Question 20: An additional grant has enabled the team to push forward with research plans.
A. global B. extra C. typical D. serious
Question 21: None of Arrino’s vague references or allusions had prepared me for what she was saying.
A. hints B. illusions C. proposal D. suggestion
Question 22: Healthcare in the capital compares poorly with that in the rest of the country.
A. terribly B. swiftly C. suddenly D. acceptably
Question 23: It has been raining cats and dogs since yesterday.
A. constantly B. continuously C. lightly D. heavily
Question 24: Linda is talking to David about friends in the class.
Linda: “Do you think Anna is the best student in our class?” - David: “__________”
A. Do you think so? B. Yes, I don’t think so. C. You can’t say so. D. You can say that again.
Question 25: Laura is asking Tom for his idea about a vacation at the beach.
Laura: “Do you think a vacation at the beach will do me good?” - Tom: “__________”
A. Sure. Have a good time there. B. Yes, I think.
C. Could you buy me something? D. Yes, it does.
The Isthmus of Suez, the sole land bridge between the continents of Africa and Asia, is of relatively recent
geologic origin. Both continents once (26) ________ a single large continental mass, but during the Paleogene
and Neogene periods (about 66 to 2.6 million years ago) the great fault structures of the Red Sea and Gulf of
Aqaba developed, with the opening and subsequent drowning of the Red Sea trough as far as the Gulf of Suez
and the Gulf of Aqaba. In the succeeding Quaternary Period (about the past 2.6 million years), there was
considerable oscillation of sea (27) ________, leading finally to the emergence of a low-lying isthmus (28)
________ broadened northward to a low-lying open coastal plain. There the Nile delta once extended farther
east—as a result of periods of abundant rainfall coincident with the Pleistocene Epoch (2,588,000 to 11,700 years
ago)—and two river arms, (29) ________ distributaries, formerly crossed the northern isthmus, one branch
reaching the Mediterranean Sea at the narrowest point of the isthmus and the (30) ________ entering the sea
some 14.5 km (9 miles) east of present Port Said.
Question 26: A. made B. solved C. occurred D. formed

Question 27: A. level B. basket C. basement D. amount
Question 28: A. when B. what C. that D. who
Question 29: A. or B. so C. since D. but
Question 30: A. many B. other C. every D. another
There are generally considered to be eight subspecies of tiger (Panthera tigris), three of which are now
extinct. The remaining subspecies include the Bengal, Indo-Chinese, South China, Amur, and Sumatran tigers.
Pressures from illegal killing, a shrinking food supply, and habitat loss led to the extinction of the Bali, Javan,
and Caspian subspecies, and continue to threaten the survival of the remaining subspecies.
Page 111 of 117

Tigers live in a variety of habitats from the temperate forests of the Russian Far East, to the mangrove
swamps of the Sunderbans of Bangladesh and western India, to the tropical forests, grasslands, and marshes of
India and Indonesia. Historically, they were also found near the Caspian Sea in Turkey and Iran, and on the
islands of Bali and Java in Indonesia.
By some estimates, a century ago 50,000 to 80,000 tigers roamed India alone. Today, the tiger is classified
as Endangered in the Red List of Threatened Species published by the International Union for Conservation of
Nature (IUCN) and it is estimated that there are only 3,500 tigers remaining in the wild worldwide.
Until it was banned, trophy hunting and a market for tiger rugs and coats threatened the tiger’s survival.
Today, habitat destruction, human population growth, and a demand for tiger parts threaten the tiger’s survival.
In some cultures, tiger parts are thought to cure diseases such as rheumatism, convulsions, typhoid fever, and
dysentery. Tiger bone used in these traditional medicines sells for as much as $75 to $115 per pound. In the
Russian Far East, logging threatens the Amur tiger’s already shrinking habitat. Poaching has also increased since
the international borders between Russia and its neighbours opened.
A. Tigers under Threat B. The Number of Subspecies of Tiger
C. Tigers Living in India D. Market for Tiger Rugs and Coats
A. subspecies B. tiger C. Bengal D. pressure
Question 33: According to paragraph 4, before hunting was banned, the tiger’s survival was threatened because
of ________.
A. the low temperate in forests B. the demand for tiger rugs and coats
C. human population growth D. the long Russian international borders
Question 34: The word “traditional” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. potential B. practical C. conventional D. financial
Question 35: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as a factor causing the
extinction of the Bali, Javan, and Caspian subspecies?
A. Illegal killing B. Shrinking food supply C. Habitat loss D. Mangrove swamps
The largest bear in the world and the Arctic’s top predator, polar bears are a powerful symbol of the strength
and endurance of the Arctic. The polar bear’s Latin name, Ursus maritimus, means "sea bear." It’s an apt name
for this majestic species, which spends much of its life in, around, or on the ocean–predominantly on the sea ice.
In the United States, Alaska is home to two polar bear subpopulations.
Considered talented swimmers, polar bears can sustain a pace of six miles per hour by paddling with their
front paws and holding their hind legs flat like a rudder. They have a thick layer of body fat and a water-repellent
coat that insulates them from the cold air and water.
Polar bears spend over 50% of their time hunting for food. A polar bear might catch only one or two out of
10 seals it hunts, depending on the time of year and other variables. Their diet mainly consists of ringed and
bearded seals because they need large amounts of fat to survive.
Polar bears rely heavily on sea ice for traveling, hunting, resting, mating and, in some areas, maternal dens.
But because of ongoing and potential loss of their sea ice habitat resulting from climate change–the primary threat
to polar bears Arctic-wide–polar bears were listed as a threatened species in the US under the Endangered Species
Act in May 2008. As their sea ice habitat recedes earlier in the spring and forms later in the fall, polar bears are
increasingly spending longer periods on land, where they are often attracted to areas where humans live.
The survival and the protection of the polar bear habitat are urgent issues for WWF. In October 2019, the
International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Polar Bear Specialist Group released a new
assessment of polar bear populations showing that the number of polar bear subpopulations experience recent
declines has increased to four, with eight populations still being data-deficient. The good news is that five
populations are stable while two have been experiencing an upward trend.
A. Facts about Polar Bears B. The Polar Bear’s Latin Name
C. One or Two out of 10 Seals Polar Bears Hunt D. Urgent Issues for WWF
Question 37: In paragraph 1, the polar bear’s Latin name means “sea bears” because ______.
Page 112 of 117

A. it spends much of its life on the sea ice B. it’s the largest bear in the world
C. it’s the most powerful animal of the Arctic D. it can be found on Alaska sea only
Question 38: The word "pace" in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. mood B. debt C. mode D. speed
A. Polar bears’ thick layer of body fat prevents them from being cold.
B. Polar bears need large amounts of fat to survive.
C. Polar bears’ sea ice habitat recedes earlier in the fall.
D. It’s urgent for WWF to protect polar bear habitat.
A. periods B. polar bears C. areas D. humans
Question 41: The word “declines” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. database B. conclusion C. reductions D. judgement
A. IUCN’s assessment is important to maintain polar bear populations.
B. WWF survives thanks to the protection of polar bears.
C. No polar bear subpopulation experiences decline.
D. The number of polar bears of some subpopulations has increased.
Question 43: My mother couldn’t bare waste - she always made us eat everything on our plates.
A. couldn’t bare B. always C. eat everything D. our plates
Question 44: I don’t go to work tomorrow, so I was staying up late tonight.
A. work B. so C. was staying D. tonight
Question 45: Since their establishment two years ago, the advice centre has seen over 500 people a week.
A. their B. ago C. over D. week
Question 46: Perhaps she will not come to see me this evening.
A. She must come to see me this evening. B. She may not come to see me this evening.
C. She have to come to see me this evening. D. She should come to see me this evening.
Question 47: I last ate this kind of food five years ago.
A. I ate this kind of food for five years. B. I didn’t eat this kind of food five years ago.
C. I have eaten this kind of food for five years. D. I haven’t eaten this kind of food for five years.
Question 48: “Leave my house now or I’ll call the police!” shouted the lady at the man.
A. The lady threatened to call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
B. The lady promised to call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
C. The lady agreed to call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
D. The lady deny calling the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
Question 49: His mother has gone to London. He really needs her advice now.
A. If only his mother had been at home and could have given him some advice.
B. He wishes his mother at home and could give him some advice.
C. As long as his mother is at home, she can give him some advice.
D. If his mother is at home, she can give him some advice now.
Question 50: My relationship with my father is important. It has shaped my attitude towards men.
A. But for the important relationship with my father, it would have shaped my attitude towards men.
B. Only if my relationship with my father were important would it shape my attitude towards men.
C. So important is my relationship with my father that it has shaped my attitude towards men.
D. Not until my relationship with my father had shaped my attitude towards men was it important.
Page 113 of 117

BỘ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO KỲ THI TỐT NGHIỆP TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG
ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO NĂM 2022
(Đề thi có 04 trang) Bài thi: NGOẠI NGỮ; Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
Họ, tên thí sinh: ………………………………..
Số báo danh: ………………………………..
questions.
Question 1: We are _______ to hear that you are leaving.
A. sadly B. sad C. sadden D. sadness
Question 2: Your room is comfortable, _______?
A. does it B. was it C. wasn’t it D. isn’t it
Question 3: Don’t worry, class. Solving this maths problem is by no means a _______ order.
A. deep B. high C. large D. tall
Question 4: She wrote her first cookery book _______ 2017.
A. at B. in C. with D. on
Question 5: He got a _______ because he drove through the red light.
A. fee B. fare C. wage D. fine
Question 6: Nga and Kate are close friends _______ they have many things in common.
A. despite B. because of C. because D. although
Question 7: Linh liked the _______ cat in the pet shop.
A. cute grey English B. cute English grey C. grey English cute D. English grey cute
Question 8: The picnic has been _______ until next week due to bad weather.
A. got out B. put out C. got off D. put off
Question 9: Quyen _______ in the supermarket when she saw her old friend.
A. was shopping B. shops C. is shopping D. has shopped
Question 10: _______, I will give you a call.
A. When I had arrived in Ha Noi B. When I arrived in Ha Noi
C. When I arrive in Ha Noi D. When I was arriving in Ha Noi
Question 11: Jack usually _______ fishing with his friends at weekends.
A. goes B. makes C. puts D. does
Question 12: Katherine took a deep breath, managing to _______ herself before entering the interview room.
A. comprise B. consist C. compose D. include
Question 13: The house _______ yesterday.
A. paints B. was painted C. was painting D. has painted
Question 14: _______ a number of novels, she turned to composing music.
A. Have written B. Having written C. Have been writing D. Have been written
Question 15: The better its services are, _______ crowded the restaurant gets.
A. most B. most of C. the more D. more
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each of the
Question 16: Peter is asking to borrow Nam’s pen.
- Peter: “Can I borrow your pen, Nam?” - Nam: “_______”
A. Me too. B. Here you are. C. Thanks a lot. D. Congratulations!
Question 17: Hai is thanking Tom for his compliment.
- Hai: “Thank you for your kind words, Tom.” - Tom: “_______”
A. Same to you. B. Good idea. C. That’s not good. D. You’re welcome.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in
the position of stress in each of the following questions.
Question 18: A. colourful B. romantic C. difficult D. positive
Question 19: A. amount B. story C. money D. picture
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from
the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 20: A. stopped B. handed C. worked D. missed
Question 21: A. date B. bank C. place D. make
Page 114 of 117

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word in each of the following questions.
Question 22: I’m really glad to tell you that you have been selected for the job.
A. happy B. lazy C. safe D. quick
Question 23: By taking part-time jobs, students can understand how hard it is to earn a living.
A. improve B. raise C. know D. change
Question 24: John and Lien are two of a kind - both perfectionists!
A. differ from each other B. lead healthy lifestyles
C. overcome cultural differences D. share common values
Question 25: There’s never a dull moment when Binh’s around; his funny stories always give people a great
time.
A. tiring B. interesting C. boring D. disappointing
Question 26: Students are forbidden to bring electronic devices into the exam room. There is no exception
whatsoever.
A. Under no circumstances are students allowed to bring electronic devices into the exam room.
B. By no means were students allowed to bring electronic devices into the exam room.
C. At no time are students banned from bringing electronic devices into the exam room.
D. On no occasion are students banned from bringing electronic devices into the exam room.
Question 27: Jane really wants to buy a new computer. She doesn’t have enough money.
A. Provided that Jane has enough money, she can’t buy a new computer.
B. If only Jane had had enough money, she couldn’t have bought a new computer.
C. If Jane had had enough money, she couldn’t have bought a new computer.
D. Jane wishes she had enough money so that she could buy a new computer.
Question 28: My brother helps me with my homework yesterday evening.
A B C D
Question 29: Many teenagers are different from adults in his beliefs about love and marriage.
A B C D
Question 30: A comparative house in the city centre would be approximately five times as expensive
A B C
as this one; you just can’t afford it.
D
Question 31: It is not necessary for you to do this project.
A. You would do this project. B. You can’t do this project.
C. You must do this project. D. You needn’t do this project.
Question 32: “I can do this exercise,” Mark said.
A. Mark said that I could do that exercise. B. Mark said that he can’t do that exercise.
C. Mark said that I can’t do that exercise. D. Mark said that he could do that exercise.
Question 33: He last went out with his friends a month ago.
A. He didn’t go out with his friends a month ago.
B. He has gone out with his friends for a month.
C. He has a month to go out with his friends.
D. He hasn’t gone out with his friends for a month.
word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 34 to 38.
Page 115 of 117

Television is still one of our most popular forms of entertainment. It brings people closer. (34) _______
families still watch shows or enjoy live sports programmes together. Television gives people something to talk
about at school and at work and it often gets us talking about important issues. (35) _______, television - like
everything else in the world today - is changing.
The most important (36) _______ on television recently has been technology. Computers and the Internet
have completely changed the way we get information and entertainment. Watching films and videos online is
becoming more and more popular. Computers and smartphones, (37) _______ are much cheaper than ever
before, help people choose their favourite programmes quickly and more effectively. Today, as life is getting
faster, our mobile screens are the best way to watch programmes anywhere we like. Therefore, television
stations have to change the way they make shows in order to give (38) _______ what they want.
(Adapted from Gateway by Spencer and Edwards)
Question 34: A. Every B. Much C. Each D. Many
Question 35: A. Although B. Otherwise C. However D. For example
Question 36: A. ability B. influence C. advantage D. strength
Question 37: A. where B. which C. who D. when
Question 38: A. presenters B. visitors C. viewers D. spectators
Today we hear more and more about the importance of getting enough sleep. Sleep can give energy to both
our bodies and our brains. It can also affect our feelings, behaviour, and memory.
Studies have shown that people in some countries spend less time sleeping and more time working. But our
bodies cannot work well without enough sleep. Losing just one or two hours of sleep a night, over a long period
of time, can badly affect our health. We cannot work for many hours; we can get angry easily; and we can even
lose our IQ points. That explains why, without enough sleep, an intelligent person may have difficulty doing
daily tasks.
Studies have also shown that the time of year seems to affect how much sleep we need. People usually
sleep longer in the winter, sometimes as much as 14 hours a night. However, in the summer, they sometimes
sleep as little as six hours, without having any problems.
(Adapted from Strategic Reading by Richards and Eckstut-Didier)
Question 39: What is the passage mainly about?
A. Benefits of getting up early B. Ways to sleep better
C. Causes of losing sleep D. The importance of sleep
Question 40: Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph 1 as something that can be affected by
sleep?
A. memory B. feelings C. behaviour D. diet
Question 41: According to paragraph 2, which of the following can be a consequence of losing sleep?
A. Our health becomes worse. B. People have less time to work.
C. People can finish their daily tasks. D. Our bodies can work better.
Question 42: The word intelligent in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to _______.
A. clever B. ugly C. careful D. angry
Question 43: The word they in paragraph 3 refers to _______.
A. hours B. people C. problems D. studies
As the Internet has become more and more popular, we may be reading a great deal more than we used to.
However, the way we are reading materials on the Internet, or online reading, is very different from the way we
traditionally read printed materials.
In the traditional way of reading, we would start at the beginning of a book and read through to the end. In
online reading, in contrast, we start reading a page, but may never finish it because a link on that page leads us
to a passage on a different page, and so on. As we go from one page to another, we have to remember lots of
different ideas at the same time. This new way of reading is quite different from the traditional one.
There are both advantages and disadvantages of online reading. In online reading, the brain gets better than
ever at doing many tasks at the same time, or multitasking; and thanks to this, we can work quickly and think
creatively. Multitasking is useful in certain working environments, but it also makes it more difficult for us to
read at a deep level. We are, therefore, much less likely to analyse what we read in a critical way, or gain any
Page 116 of 117

real insight into the contents we are reading. This might lead to a future when a whole new generation lacks the
ability to think critically and deeply about what they are reading.
The world is changing and our brains are probably changing to meet new demands in the modern world,
just as they have always done throughout history. However, it is important for us to consider how to maintain
our critical, deeper reading skills, while still dealing with online reading materials.
(Adapted from Insight by Roberts and Sayer)
Question 44: Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A. More Reading, Less Analysis? B. Is Technology Changing Writing?
C. Less Reading, More Problems? D. Is Reading Changing Technology?
Question 45: According to paragraph 2, as we read a page online, we _______.
A. may not finish reading the whole page B. always read from the beginning till the end
C. never read the first part of the page D. tend to read the last part before anything else
Question 46: The word tasks in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _______.
A. interviews B. exams C. jobs D. talks
Question 47: The word it in paragraph 3 refers to _______.
A. what we read B. online reading C. multitasking D. the brain
Question 48: The word insight in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _______.
A. status B. understanding C. respect D. attitude
Question 49: Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. We read online materials in the same way as we read printed materials.
B. Possibly our brains are changing to meet new demands in the modern world.
C. Multitasking enables us to work quickly and think creatively.
D. In the traditional way of reading, we would read from the beginning through to the end.
Question 50: Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?
A. The brain does not play an important role in the traditional way of reading.
B. The traditional way of reading allows people to read at a deep level.
C. We used to read much more in the past than we do now.
D. Online reading maintains critical and deeper reading skills.
--------------------- HẾT ---------------------
Page 117 of 117

NỘI DUNG ÔN THI THPT MÔN TIẾNG ANH

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

NỘI DUNG ÔN THI THPT MÔN TIẾNG ANH

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

E12 – REVISION FOR GCSE EXAMINATION 2023

TUẦN 1: - THE TENSES

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

II. PASSIVE VOICE

II. Cấu trúc

 This work will be finished (by them) tomorrow.

Eg: 1) She is making a cake.  A cake is being made by her.

PHẦN II: BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

III. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

2/ Conditional sentences: TYPE 2:

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

TUẦN 2: - Reported speech

B/ Các thay đổi trong câu gián tiếp

 Các trường hợp không thay đổi thỡ:

2. Tường thuật câu hỏi (questions)

3. Câu tường thuật với “infinitive”:

B. Choose the sentence that is closest in meaning to each sentence below.

II. GERUND AND INFINITIVE

be tired of V-ing in addition

* Preposition +gerund (giới từ +gerund):

Be accustomed to look forward to (mong đợi)

3. The perfect gerund:

Stop to do = stop in order to do: dừng lại để làm việc gì khác

 They stopped to look at the pictures.

c. REGRET/ REMEMBER/ FORGET:

d. TRY Try to do: cố gắng làm

 The Minister went on talking for two hours.

PHẦN II: BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG: Multiple choice

III. RELATIVE CLAUSES

I. Đại từ quan hệ (Relative pronouns)

II. Đại từ quan hệ (Relative Adverbs)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG Choose the best answer.

TUẦN 3: - Modal verbs

EG. - Never in mid-summer does it snow.

Eg: Only once did I meet her

PHẦN II: BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

TUẦN 4: - Tag Question

Positive (She‘s a doctor,) Negative (isn’t she?)

Negative (You haven’t seen this film,) Positive (have you?)

+ Công thức chung: S + V + O, trợ động từ + đại từ?

II. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES

+ Điều kiện có thật: As if/ As though + S + V (hiện tại)

4. Adverbial clause of causes

5. Adverbial clause of result

 So: vì vậy SV1, so + SV2

7. Adverb clause of concession

III. ADJECTIVE ORDER IN SENTENCE

II. Bài tập áp dụng:

(*) SOME OTHER PREPOSITIONS:

c. VERB + NOUN + PREP: (Động từ + danh từ + giới từ)

B. Cách phát âm của một số phụ âm:

* trường hợp 2: ‘es’ được phát âm là /iz/:

/s/ glasses kisses Bruce's

CHƯƠNG II: STRESS

2) Đa số danh từ và tính từ 2 âm tiết có trọng âm chính rơi và âm tiết thứ nhất:

II/ Những trường hợp khác

Ngoại lệ: duty-/free, snow -/white

PHẦN II: BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

III. PHRASAL VERBS

PHRASAL Intransitive Verbs + Particle +

Verbs + Particle + Object Verbs + Noun

(on, off, up, down, in, out, away)

2.1 Ngoại cụm động từ có thể tách (Separable phrasal verbs)

VERB MEANING EXAMPLE